Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Eagle Harbor City Zoning Code

PART 27

4 ZONES AND ZONE REGULATIONS

27-4101. Compliance with Zone Standards

Land in the County shall not be developed except in accordance with the zone regulations of this Part and all other regulations of this Ordinance—including, but not limited to: PART 27-5: Use Regulations, and PART 27-6: Development Standards.

27-4102. Classes

  • (a)
    Table 27-4102, Classes of Zones, sets out the zones established by this Ordinance. The boundaries of each of the zones are identified on the Zoning Map.
  • Table 27-4102: Classes of Zones
    Base Zones
    Rural and Agricultural Base Zones
    ROS: Reserved Open Space Zone
    AG: Agriculture and Preservation Zone
    AR: Agricultural-Residential Zone
    Residential Base Zones
    RE: Residential Estate Zone
    RR: Residential, Rural Zone
    RSF‐95: Residential, Single‐Family-95 Zone
    RSF‐65: Residential, Single‐Family-65 Zone
    RSF‐A: Residential, Single‐Family-Attached Zone
    RMF‐12: Residential, Multifamily‐12 Zone
    RMF‐20: Residential, Multifamily‐20 Zone
    RMF‐48: Residential, Multifamily‐48 Zone
    Nonresidential Base Zones
    CN: Commercial, Neighborhood Zone
    CS: Commercial, Service Zone
    CGO: Commercial, General and Office Zone
    IE: Industrial, Employment Zone
    IH: Industrial, Heavy Zone
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones
    NAC: Neighborhood Activity Center Zone
    TAC: Town Activity Center Zone
    LTO: Local Transit-Oriented Zone
    RTO-L: Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity Zone
    RTO-H: Regional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity Zone
    Other Base Zones
    RMH: Planned Mobile Home Community Zone
    LCD: Legacy Comprehensive Design Zone
    LMXC: Legacy Mixed-Use Community Zone
    LMUTC: Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center Zone
    Planned Development Zones
    Residential Planned Development Zones
    R-PD: Residential Planned Development Zone
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development Zones
    NAC-PD: Neighborhood Activity Center Planned Development Zone
    TAC-PD: Town Activity Center Planned Development Zone
    LTO-PD Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development Zone
    RTO-PD Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development Zone
    Other Planned Development Zones
    MU-PD: Mixed-Use Planned Development Zone
    IE-PD: Industrial/Employment Planned Development Zone
    Overlay Zones
    Policy Area Overlay Zones
    CBCAO: Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone
    APAO: Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zone
    MIO: Military Installation Overlay Zone
    Other Overlay Zones
    NCO: Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone
    Table 27-4102: Classes of Zones
    Base Zones
    Rural and Agricultural Base Zones
    ROS: Reserved Open Space Zone
    AG: Agriculture and Preservation Zone
    AR: Agricultural-Residential Zone
    Residential Base Zones
    RE: Residential Estate Zone
    RR: Residential, Rural Zone
    RSF‐95: Residential, Single‐Family-95 Zone
    RSF‐65: Residential, Single‐Family-65 Zone
    RSF‐A: Residential, Single‐Family-Attached Zone
    RMF‐12: Residential, Multifamily‐12 Zone
    RMF‐20: Residential, Multifamily‐20 Zone
    RMF‐48: Residential, Multifamily‐48 Zone
    Nonresidential Base Zones
    CN: Commercial, Neighborhood Zone
    CS: Commercial, Service Zone
    CGO: Commercial, General and Office Zone
    IE: Industrial, Employment Zone
    IH: Industrial, Heavy Zone
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones
    NAC: Neighborhood Activity Center Zone
    TAC: Town Activity Center Zone
    LTO: Local Transit-Oriented Zone
    RTO-L: Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity Zone
    RTO-H: Regional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity Zone
    Other Base Zones
    RMH: Planned Mobile Home Community Zone
    LCD: Legacy Comprehensive Design Zone
    LMXC: Legacy Mixed-Use Community Zone
    LMUTC: Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center Zone
    Planned Development Zones
    Residential Planned Development Zones
    R-PD: Residential Planned Development Zone
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development Zones
    NAC-PD: Neighborhood Activity Center Planned Development Zone
    TAC-PD: Town Activity Center Planned Development Zone
    LTO-PD Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development Zone
    RTO-PD Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development Zone
    Other Planned Development Zones
    MU-PD: Mixed-Use Planned Development Zone
    IE-PD: Industrial/Employment Planned Development Zone
    Overlay Zones
    Policy Area Overlay Zones
    CBCAO: Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone
    APAO: Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zone
    MIO: Military Installation Overlay Zone
    Other Overlay Zones
    NCO: Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone
    1. (b)
      The order of intensity of zones is as follows, beginning with the least intense zone and progressing to the most intense:
      1. (1)
        ROS, AG, AR, RE, RR, RSF-95, RSF-65, RMH, RSF-A, R-PD, RMF-12, RMF-20, RMF-48, CN, NAC, CS, LMXC, CGO, LCD, MU-PD, IE, IE-PD, IH, LMUTC, NAC, TAC, LTO, RTO-L, RTO-H, NAC-PD, TAC-PD, LTO-PD, RTO-PD.
    2. (c)
      A CBCAO, APAO, MIO, or NCO zone superimposed over any of the zones listed in Subsection (b) above shall not be construed as to affect the intensity of the zone.

    27-4103. Classification of Zones

    This Ordinance generally classifies land in the County in one of five types of base zones: Rural and Agricultural Zones; Residential Zones; Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones; Nonresidential Base Zones; and Other Base Zones. Land may be reclassified (rezoned) to another base zone, to one of the several Planned Development zones, or to one or more types of overlay zones. Land shall be classified or reclassified into a zone only in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Sections 27-3503, Sectional Map Amendment (SMA); 27-3601, Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA); 27-3602, Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment; or 27-3603, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay (CBCAO) Zoning Map Amendment.

    27-4104. Relationships Between Base and Overlay Zones

    Standards governing development in an overlay zone shall apply in addition to or instead of the standards governing development in the underlying base zone or a Planned Development (PD) zone. Overlay zones may also provide a more flexible alternative to base zone standards. If the regulations governing an overlay zone expressly conflict with those governing an underlying base zone, the regulations governing the overlay zone shall control. If land is classified into multiple overlay zones and the regulations governing one overlay zone expressly conflict with those governing another overlay zone, the more restrictive regulations shall apply.

    27-4105. Relationships Between Base and Planned Development Zones

    In certain instances, a landowner may request and the District Council may approve the reclassification of a base zone to a Planned Development zone. Generally, the Planned Development zone allows more flexibility in the establishment of form, development, and design standards for development in the zone in return for more innovative and higher-quality development, as well as the provision of public benefits. In addition, the regulations controlling development of a Planned Development zone are subject to a PD Basic Plan for development of the site, as well as PD Conditions of Approval.

    27-4106. Organization of Zone Regulations

    Zones may be base zones, Planned Development (PD) zones, or overlay zones. The regulations for each type of zone are organized as described below.

    1. (a)
      Base Zones
      1. (1)
        Regulations for each base zone consist of subsections that:
        1. (A)
          State the purpose of the zone;
        2. (B)
          Set out the intensity and dimensional standards applicable in the zone;
        3. (C)
          Reference potentially relevant development review procedures in PART 27-3: Administration; the principal, accessory, and temporary use tables and associated use-specific standards in PART 27-5: Use Regulations; the development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards; and any zone-specific modifications of those standards; and
        4. (D)
          Set out any zone-specific modifications of use regulations and development standards.
      2. (2)
        Regulations for each base zone also include:
        1. (A)
          A schematic drawing of development representative of the zone’s physical character;
        2. (B)
          Photographs of building and land forms typical in the zone; and
        3. (C)
          Perspective illustrations showing how the zone’s intensity and dimensional standards apply to typical lot patterns and building forms.

        These graphics are intended to illustrate the general character of the zone and do not necessarily reflect all the standards that may apply to a particular development.

    2. (b)
      Planned Development (PD) Zones
      1. (1)
        Regulations for the Planned Development (PD) zones set forth general provisions describing the general purpose of the planned development zones and general standards applicable to all planned development zones, followed by sections that specify standards applicable in each type of planned development zone.
      2. (2)
        Regulations for each type of planned development zone consist of subsections that:
        1. (A)
          State the purpose of the zone;
        2. (B)
          Reference the principal, accessory, and temporary use tables that apply, and associated use-specific standards in PART 27-5: Use Regulations
        3. (C)
          Identify the intensity and dimensional standards that are applicable in the zone or are to be addressed in the PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval for the zone; and
        4. (D)
          Identify development standards to be addressed in the PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval, and the means of modifying them (e.g., through an Alternative Parking Plan).
    3. (c)
      Overlay Zones

      Regulations for the various overlay zones vary substantially in scope and detail, and thus vary in their organization. Regulations for each overlay zone set out the purpose of the zone and generally include standards that supplement those applied by the underlying base zone, though some overlay zones include requirements that modify or supersede standards otherwise applied by the underlying base zone. 

    (CB-078-2022; CR-003-2023; CB-015-2023; CB-015-2024) 

    27-4201. Rural and Agricultural Base Zones

  • (a)
    General Purposes of Rural and Agricultural Base Zones

    The Rural and Agricultural zones are intended to:

    1. (1)
      Support and provide lands for agricultural, forestry, agri-business, agritourism, agricultural support, and related uses important to the County’s economy and the character of the County’s Rural and Agricultural zones;
    2. (2)
      Preserve and protect the County's important natural resources, environmentally sensitive lands, and ecological heritage lands, while providing for their use and enjoyment;
    3. (3)
      Encourage agribusiness and tourism uses such as, but not limited to, equestrian centers and boarding facilities, boutique or unique agribusiness, farmers’ markets, retreat and training facilities, day camps, recreational campgrounds, heritage and rural tourism destinations, and bed and breakfast inns, and ensure they are compatible with the Rural and Agricultural character established in the zones;
    4. (4)
      Ensure open spaces are designed to maximize preservation and protection of important natural and agricultural resources, to facilitate stormwater management and protect water quality, to maximize residents’ exposure to open space, to maintain the visual character of scenic roads, to promote rehabilitation of degraded habitats, and protect ongoing agricultural activities and prime agricultural lands; and
    5. (5)
      Provide and maintain infrastructure at levels of service that are compatible with the character and needs of the Rural and Agricultural zones.
  • (b)
    Reserved Open Space (ROS) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    1. (A)
      The purposes of the Reserved Open Space (ROS) Zone are:
      1. (i)
        To encourage the preservation of large areas of agriculture, trees, and open spaces;
      2. (ii)
        To protect scenic and environmentally-sensitive areas;
      3. (iii)

        To ensure the retention of certain areas for nonintensive, active, or passive recreation uses; and

      4. (iv)
         To provide for a limited range of public, recreational, and agricultural uses.
    2. (B)
      The use of the ROS Zone is intended to facilitate the permanent maintenance of certain areas of the County, both publicly and privately owned, in an undeveloped state.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Pier by a pondTrail in the woods
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)0.05 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (ac) (2)20.00 20.00
    Lot width, min. (ft)300300 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)240240
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)210
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)5050
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (3)2020
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)3535
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (4)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Not applicable to land in public ownership.
    3. (3)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 50 ft.
    4. (4)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    Computer generated rendering area with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (c)
      Agriculture and Preservation (AG) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    1. (A)
      The purposes of the Agriculture and Preservation (AG) Zone are:
      1. (i)
        To provide for low density and development intensity as indicated on the General Plan or applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan; and
      2. (ii)
        To provide for areas which are to be devoted to uses which preserve the County’s ecological balance and heritage, while providing for the appropriate use and enjoyment of natural resources.
    2. (B)
      The use of the AG Zone is intended to promote the economic use and conservation of agriculture, natural resources, residential estates, nonintensive recreational uses, and similar uses.
    Computer generated rendering of an Agriculture and Preservation Zone
    Open field with trees in the backgroundHome with a green lawn and trees in the background
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)0.20 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (ac)5.00 5.00
    Lot width, min. (ft)300300 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)240240
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)525
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)5050
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)2020
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)3535
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 50 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    Computer generated rendering area with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (d)
      Agricultural-Residential (AR) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Agricultural-Residential (AR) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for large-lot single-family detached residential subdivisions, while encouraging the retention of agriculture as a primary land use;
    2. (B)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    3. (C)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of an agricultural residential zone
    House in an agricultural residential areaHouse in an agricultural residential area
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)0.50 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (ac)2.00 2.00
    Lot width, min. (ft)150150
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)120120
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)1025
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)5050
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)1717
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)3535
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)5050
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3) (4)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 50 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    4. (4)
      No height limit for agricultural buildings.
    Computer generated rendering area with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-4202. Residential Base Zones

  • (a)
    General Purposes of Residential Base Zones

    The Residential base zones established in this Section are intended to provide a comfortable, healthy, safe, and pleasant environment in which to live and recreate. More specifically, they are intended to:

    1. (1)
      Provide appropriately located lands for residential development that are consistent with the goals and policies of the General Plan and the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan;
    2. (2)
      Ensure adequate light, air, privacy, and open space for each dwelling, and protect residents from the negative effects of noise, excessive population density, flooding, and other significant adverse environmental impacts;
    3. (3)
      Ensure protection from fires, explosions, toxic fumes and substances, and other public safety hazards;
    4. (4)
      Provide for residential housing choice, affordability, and diversity with varying housing densities, types, and designs;
    5. (5)
      Provide for safe and efficient vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian access and circulation, and neighborhoods that promote multiple forms of mobility;
    6. (6)
      Provide for the public services and facilities needed to serve residential development;
    7. (7)
      Protect the existing character of lands in the residential zones from incompatible development;
    8. (8)
      Accommodate new infill development and redevelopment that is consistent with the context and the character of the residential zone in which it is located; and
    9. (9)
      Promote sustainable development in terms of energy efficiency and conservation, greenhouse gas reductions, food security, materials recycling, and similar sustainability goals.
  • (b)
    Residential Estate (RE) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential Estate (RE) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with large lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces in order to create an estate-like atmosphere; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Residential Estate Zone
    House with a long driveway and trees in the front yardHouse with a white fence and trees in the front yard
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential Estate (RE) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with large lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces in order to create an estate-like atmosphere; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Residential Estate Zone
    House with a long driveway and trees in the front yardHouse with a white fence and trees in the front yard
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Agricultural UsesSingle-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)No requirement1.08No requirement
    Net lot area, min.2 ac40,00040,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)50120(4)50 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)407040
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)202060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)252525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)171717
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)252525
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)353535
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    4. (4)

      If the lot is served by an individual well or sewerage system, the min. width shall be 150 ft.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Agricultural and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Agricultural UsesSingle-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)No requirement1.08No requirement
    Net lot area, min.2 ac40,00040,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)50120(4)50 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)407040
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)202060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)252525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)171717
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)252525
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)353535
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    4. (4)

      If the lot is served by an individual well or sewerage system, the min. width shall be 150 ft.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Agricultural and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (c)
      Residential, Rural (RR) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Rural (RR) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize their natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with moderately large lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Residential area with treesCorner lot in a residential area
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Rural (RR) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize their natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with moderately large lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Residential area with treesCorner lot in a residential area
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)2.17 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)20,000 20,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)80(4)100 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)7070
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)2560
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    4. (4)
      Minimum 100 ft if the lot is not served by a public or other approved water supply system.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)2.17 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)20,000 20,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)80(4)100 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)7070
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)2560
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception, and may be increased to forty (40) feet with approval of a Special Exception, if the building is used for agricultural purposes and is erected on property (used for agriculture) containing at least five (5) acres.
    4. (4)
      Minimum 100 ft if the lot is not served by a public or other approved water supply system.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (d)
      Residential, Single-Family-95 (RSF-95) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-95 (RSF-95) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with medium-sized lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Single-family two-story homeSingle-family A-frame home
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-95 (RSF-95) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of single-family residential developments with medium-sized lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Single-family two-story homeSingle-family A-frame home
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)4.58 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)9,5009,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)7575 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)50 (4)60
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    4. (4)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards

    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)4.58 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)9,5009,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)7575 
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)50 (4)60
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    4. (4)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards

    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (e)
      Residential, Single-Family-65 (RSF-65) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-65 (RSF-65) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of higher density single-family residential developments with small lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Single-family two-story homeSingle-family two-story home
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-65 (RSF-65) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for and encourage variation in the size, shape, and width of single-family detached residential subdivision lots, in order to better utilize the natural terrain;
    2. (B)
      To facilitate the planning of higher density single-family residential developments with small lots and dwellings of various sizes and styles;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the preservation of trees and open spaces; and
    4. (D)
      To prevent soil erosion and stream valley flooding.
    Computer generated rendering of a Reserved Open Space
    Single-family two-story homeSingle-family two-story home
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)6.7 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)6,5006,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)6545
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)45 (4)36
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3560
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    4. (4)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

     

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)6.7 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)6,5006,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)6545
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)45 (4)36
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3560
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (2)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (3)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    3. (3)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    4. (4)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings and Other Uses

     

    Computer generated graphic with numbering to match standards
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (f)
      Residential, Single-Family-Attached (RSF-A) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-Attached (RSF-A) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for development in a form that supports residential living and walkability, is pedestrian oriented and is well connected to surrounding lands;
    2. (B)
      To provide development that is respectful of the natural features of the land; and
    3. (C)
      To provide development that is compatible with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of neighborhood with single-family homes
    Single-family two-story homesSingle-family two-story homes
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential, Single-Family-Attached (RSF-A) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide for development in a form that supports residential living and walkability, is pedestrian oriented and is well connected to surrounding lands;
    2. (B)
      To provide development that is respectful of the natural features of the land; and
    3. (C)
      To provide development that is compatible with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of neighborhood with single-family homes
    Single-family two-story homesSingle-family two-story homes
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards 
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)8.7032.6612.4416.33No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)5,000No requirementNo requirementNo requirement6,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)45 (10)60 (8)4020 (5)45
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)4048 (9)321636
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)4045 (2)40 (2)45 (2)60
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1515151515
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (3)8 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (3)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020 (7)2020 (7)20
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4050405040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (6)2525252525
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    3. (3)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to the buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    6. (6)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception. Height may not exceed 2 stories.
    7. (7)
      May be reduced to 0 feet when a 20-foot-wide or wider alley is provided, or to a range between 5 and 10 feet when an alley less than 20 feet in width is provided.
    8. (8)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    10. (10)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.
    Single-Family Dwellings and Two- and Three- Family DwellingsSingle-Family Dwellings and Two- and Three- Family DwellingsTownhouse Dwellings and Other UsesTownhouse Dwellings and Other Uses
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards 
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)8.7032.6612.4416.33No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)5,000No requirementNo requirementNo requirement6,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)45 (10)60 (8)4020 (5)45
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)4048 (9)321636
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)4045 (2)40 (2)45 (2)60
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1515151515
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (3)8 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (3)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020 (7)2020 (7)20
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)4050405040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (6)2525252525
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    3. (3)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 25 ft.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to the buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    6. (6)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception. Height may not exceed 2 stories.
    7. (7)
      May be reduced to 0 feet when a 20-foot-wide or wider alley is provided, or to a range between 5 and 10 feet when an alley less than 20 feet in width is provided.
    8. (8)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    10. (10)
      If the lot is located on a cul-de-sac, the minimum width may be reduced to forty-five (45) feet.
    Single-Family Dwellings and Two- and Three- Family DwellingsSingle-Family Dwellings and Two- and Three- Family DwellingsTownhouse Dwellings and Other UsesTownhouse Dwellings and Other Uses
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (g)
      Residential, Multifamily-12 (RMF-12) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the RMF‐12 Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To make available low-density, multifamily developments of the “garden apartment” type which would offer many of the advantages normally associated with a single-family dwelling;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended in an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council; and
    3. (C)
      To provide for this type of development at locations which are adequately served by facilities such as those for circulation, sanitation, and retail sales and service.
    Computer generated graphic of a standard residential base zone
    Multi-family dwellingsMulti-family dwellings
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the RMF‐12 Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To make available low-density, multifamily developments of the “garden apartment” type which would offer many of the advantages normally associated with a single-family dwelling;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended in an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council; and
    3. (C)
      To provide for this type of development at locations which are adequately served by facilities such as those for circulation, sanitation, and retail sales and service.
    Computer generated graphic of a standard residential base zone
    Multi-family dwellingsMulti-family dwellings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingMultifamily DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)8.7024.0010.0012.0012.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)5,000No requirementNo requirementNo requirement9,00014,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)5060 (2)(8)60 (2)20 (2)(6)75 (2)75 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)4048 (9)48166060
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3035 (3)35 (3)35 (3)3520
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirementNo requirement505070
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)151515151520
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)88 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (5)8 (5)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)202020202020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)405040505040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (7)151515151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      100 ft on corner lots.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the building coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 15 ft.
    6. (6)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    7. (7)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    8. (8)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of single-family detached dwellings
    Two- and Three-Family DwellingsComputer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings

    Townhouse Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of townhouse dwellings

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingMultifamily DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)8.7024.0010.0012.0012.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)5,000No requirementNo requirementNo requirement9,00014,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)5060 (2)(8)60 (2)20 (2)(6)75 (2)75 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)4048 (9)48166060
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)3035 (3)35 (3)35 (3)3520
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirementNo requirement505070
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)151515151520
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)88 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (5)8 (5)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)202020202020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)405040505040
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (7)151515151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      100 ft on corner lots.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the building coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 15 ft.
    6. (6)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    7. (7)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    8. (8)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Single-Family Detached Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of single-family detached dwellings
    Two- and Three-Family DwellingsComputer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings

    Townhouse Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of townhouse dwellings

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (h)
      Residential, Multifamily-20 (RMF-20) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential, Multifamily-20 (RMF-20) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide suitable sites for high-density multifamily residential development;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended by an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council;
    3. (C)
      To support multifamily development at sites that are proximate to centers or are at appropriate locations along commercial corridors; and
    4. (D)
      To ensure compatibility with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of a residential base zone
    Multi-family dwellings Multi-family dwellings
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential, Multifamily-20 (RMF-20) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide suitable sites for high-density multifamily residential development;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended by an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council;
    3. (C)
      To support multifamily development at sites that are proximate to centers or are at appropriate locations along commercial corridors; and
    4. (D)
      To ensure compatibility with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of a residential base zone
    Multi-family dwellings Multi-family dwellings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Two-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingMultifamily DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)40.0014.0020.0020.00

    No requirement

    Net lot area, min. (sf)No requirementNo requirementNo requirement7,500

    7,500

    Lot width, min. (ft)60 (2)(9)60 (2)20 (7)60 (2)60 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)48 (10)48164848
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)35 (3)35 (3)40 (3)4060
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirement5060

    No requirement

    Front yard depth, min. (ft)151515150
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (5)8 (5)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020202020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (6)5050505050
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (7)(8)1515151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      80 ft on corner lots.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the building coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 15 ft.
    6. (6)
      80 ft where net lot area ≥ 4 acres.
    7. (7)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    8. (8)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    10. (10)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Two- and Three-Family Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    Townhouse DwellingsComputer generated graphic of townhouse dwellings

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Two-Family DwellingThree-Family DwellingTownhouse DwellingMultifamily DwellingOther Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)40.0014.0020.0020.00

    No requirement

    Net lot area, min. (sf)No requirementNo requirementNo requirement7,500

    7,500

    Lot width, min. (ft)60 (2)(9)60 (2)20 (7)60 (2)60 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)48 (10)48164848
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)35 (3)35 (3)40 (3)4060
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirement5060

    No requirement

    Front yard depth, min. (ft)151515150
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (4)8 (4)8 (4)8 (5)8 (5)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020202020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (6)5050505050
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (7)(8)1515151515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      80 ft on corner lots.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the building coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 15 ft.
    6. (6)
      80 ft where net lot area ≥ 4 acres.
    7. (7)
      Applicable to the individual lots under townhouse units. The minimum lot width for the development lot as a whole shall be 100 ft.
    8. (8)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.
    9. (9)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.
    10. (10)
      May be reduced to 16 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Two- and Three-Family Dwellings

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    Townhouse DwellingsComputer generated graphic of townhouse dwellings

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multi-family dwellings
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (i)
      Residential, Multifamily-48 (RMF-48) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Multifamily‐48 (RMF‐48) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide suitable sites respectful of the natural features of the land for high-density multifamily residential development and other forms of development that support residential living and walkability;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended by an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, proximate to centers (including transit centers) or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council; and
    3. (C)
      To ensure development is compatible with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of a standard residential base zone
    Apartment complexApartment Complex
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Residential, Multifamily‐48 (RMF‐48) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide suitable sites respectful of the natural features of the land for high-density multifamily residential development and other forms of development that support residential living and walkability;
    2. (B)
      To provide for this type of development at locations recommended by an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, proximate to centers (including transit centers) or at other locations which are found to be suitable by the District Council; and
    3. (C)
      To ensure development is compatible with surrounding lands.
    Computer generated graphic of a standard residential base zone
    Apartment complexApartment Complex
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Multifamily Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)48.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)7,5007,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)75 (2)75 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)6060
    Lot coverage, max. (% of development lot as a whole)6060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1515
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total/either yard) (3)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)110 (4)(5)110 (5)
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (6)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      100 ft on corner lots. 
    3. (3)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 30 ft. 
    4. (4)
      At least 80% of buildings in the multifamily development must be 52 ft high.
    5. (5)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 52 ft high are set back from the minimum front , side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 52 ft.
    6. (6)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Multi-family dwellings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Multifamily Dwelling Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)48.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)7,5007,500
    Lot width, min. (ft)75 (2)75 (2)
    Lot frontage (width) at front street line, min. (ft)6060
    Lot coverage, max. (% of development lot as a whole)6060
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1515
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total/either yard) (3)88
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)2020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)110 (4)(5)110 (5)
    Accessory structure height, max. (ft) (6)1515
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      100 ft on corner lots. 
    3. (3)
      On corner lot, min. side yard depth alongside street = 30 ft. 
    4. (4)
      At least 80% of buildings in the multifamily development must be 52 ft high.
    5. (5)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 52 ft high are set back from the minimum front , side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 52 ft.
    6. (6)
      May be increased for certain purposes by approval of a special exception pursuant to Section 27-3604, Special Exception.

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Multi-family dwellings
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs

    (CB-068-2022; CB-015-2024) 

    27-4203. Nonresidential Base Zones

  • (a)
    General Purposes of Nonresidential Base Zones

    The Nonresidential base zones are established for the general purpose of ensuring there are lands in the County that provide a wide range of retail, office, service, employment, light industrial, heavy industrial, and related uses to meet the needs of County residents and the region, and more specifically to:

    1. (1)
      Provide appropriately located lands for the full range of business uses needed by the County’s residents, businesses, and workers, consistent with the goals and policies of the General Plan and the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan to support quality economic growth;
    2. (2)
      Strengthen the County’s economic base, and provide employment opportunities close to home for County residents;
    3. (3)
      Create suitable environments for various types of businesses, and protect them from the adverse effects of incompatible development;
    4. (4)
      Create suitable environments for various types of mixed-use development, where business, office, retail, and residential development is designed and integrated in compatible ways;
    5. (5)
      Accommodate new infill development and redevelopment that is consistent with the context and the character of the nonresidential zone in which it is located;
    6. (6)
      Ensure nonresidential development is located and designed to protect and preserve the character of existing single-family zones and neighborhoods; and
    7. (7)
      Promote sustainable development that conserves energy and is energy-efficient, reduces the emission of greenhouse gases, provides physical and economic access to nutritious foods, employs sustainably-sourced and recycled materials, and meets similar sustainability goals.
  • (b)
    Commercial, Neighborhood (CN) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Commercial, Neighborhood (CN) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for a range of small-scale, low-intensity retail and service commercial development that provides goods and services primarily serving the daily needs of residents of the immediately surrounding neighborhoods; and
    2. (B)
      To ensure uses, development intensities, and development forms that are consistent with a pedestrian-friendly and neighborhood-scale, traditional main street character, that are well-connected to and compatible with surrounding areas, and that do not attract significant traffic from outside the surrounding neighborhoods.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Storefronts with awningsStorefronts with awnings
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Commercial, Neighborhood (CN) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for a range of small-scale, low-intensity retail and service commercial development that provides goods and services primarily serving the daily needs of residents of the immediately surrounding neighborhoods; and
    2. (B)
      To ensure uses, development intensities, and development forms that are consistent with a pedestrian-friendly and neighborhood-scale, traditional main street character, that are well-connected to and compatible with surrounding areas, and that do not attract significant traffic from outside the surrounding neighborhoods.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Storefronts with awningsStorefronts with awnings
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingTownhouse Dwelling, including “Dwelling, Live-Work” usesMultifamily Dwelling (2)Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)9.0024.0012.0012.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)4,000No requirementNo requirement9,000No requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)5050 (4)207550
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)6065 (3)65 (3)6565
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)10No requirementNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)5No requirementNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Rear yard depth , min. (ft)1515152020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)3550505050
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multifamily dwellings

    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Single-Family Detached DwellingTwo-Family DwellingTownhouse Dwelling, including “Dwelling, Live-Work” usesMultifamily Dwelling (2)Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)9.0024.0012.0012.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)4,000No requirementNo requirement9,000No requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)5050 (4)207550
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)6065 (3)65 (3)6565
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)10No requirementNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)5No requirementNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Rear yard depth , min. (ft)1515152020
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)3550505050
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      May be reduced to 20 feet when building vertically stacked dwelling units.

    Multifamily Dwellings and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multifamily dwellings

    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (c)
      Commercial, Service (CS) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Commercial, Service (CS) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide for a concentration of retail sales and services (including auto-oriented commercial uses), office, and eating or drinking establishments; and
    2. (B)
      To accommodate medium- to moderately high-density residential development as part of vertically or horizontally mixed-use development.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Commercial buildingCommercial buildingCommercial building
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Commercial, Service (CS) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide for a concentration of retail sales and services (including auto-oriented commercial uses), office, and eating or drinking establishments; and
    2. (B)
      To accommodate medium- to moderately high-density residential development as part of vertically or horizontally mixed-use development.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Commercial buildingCommercial buildingCommercial building
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists' Residential Studio,
    Live-Work Dwelling (2)
     Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)20.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)7,5005,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)60 (3)50 
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)40No requirement
    Front yard depth, min. (ft) (4)1510
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (4)80
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft) (4)200
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)5050
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists' residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      80 ft on corner lots.
    4. (4)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 35 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 1 ft for each 2 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 35 ft.

    Multifamily Dwelling and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multifamily dwellings and commercial uses

    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists' Residential Studio,
    Live-Work Dwelling (2)
     Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)20.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)7,5005,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)60 (3)50 
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)40No requirement
    Front yard depth, min. (ft) (4)1510
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (4)80
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft) (4)200
    Principal structure height, max. (ft)5050
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists' residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      80 ft on corner lots.
    4. (4)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 35 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 1 ft for each 2 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 35 ft.

    Multifamily Dwelling and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic of multifamily dwellings and commercial uses

    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (d)
      Commercial, General and Office (CGO) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Commercial, General and Office (CGO) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for a diverse range of business, civic, and mixed-use development, typically at or near major intersections where visibility and good access are important, in a form that supports connections and a balance between automobile access and pedestrian-friendliness;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate development with multiple uses, shared parking, and coordinated signage and landscaping; and
    3. (C)
      To accommodate higher-density residential uses as part of vertically or horizontally mixed-use development.
    Computer generated graphic for a nonresidential base zone
    Commercial buildingCommercial buildingCommercial building
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Commercial, General and Office (CGO) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for a diverse range of business, civic, and mixed-use development, typically at or near major intersections where visibility and good access are important, in a form that supports connections and a balance between automobile access and pedestrian-friendliness;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate development with multiple uses, shared parking, and coordinated signage and landscaping; and
    3. (C)
      To accommodate higher-density residential uses as part of vertically or horizontally mixed-use development.
    Computer generated graphic for a nonresidential base zone
    Commercial buildingCommercial buildingCommercial building
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)

    Two-Family Dwelling

    Townhouse DwellingMultifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)40.0020.0048.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)No requirement No requirement7,500 No requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)202050 No requirement
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)65 (3)65 (3)70 No requirement
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1010100
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (4)8 (4)80
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)1515150
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (5) (6)505086 No requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front , side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    6. (6)
      110 ft for office buildings or mixed-use development consisting primarily of office uses.

    Multifamily Dwelling and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic for a multifamily dwelling area

    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)

    Two-Family Dwelling

    Townhouse DwellingMultifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)40.0020.0048.00 No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)No requirement No requirement7,500 No requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)202050 No requirement
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)65 (3)65 (3)70 No requirement
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)1010100
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)8 (4)8 (4)80
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)1515150
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (5) (6)505086 No requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to the lot coverage of the development lot as a whole rather than individual lots under townhouse units.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to buildings on the edges of the development lot as a whole. Within the development lot as a whole, a minimum separation of 8 feet is required between buildings.
    5. (5)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front , side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    6. (6)
      110 ft for office buildings or mixed-use development consisting primarily of office uses.

    Multifamily Dwelling and Other Uses

    Computer generated graphic for a multifamily dwelling area

    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (e)
      Industrial, Employment (IE) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Industrial, Employment (IE) Zone are::
    1. (A)
      To provide for a mix of employment, research and development, and light industrial development, with an expectation of high-quality design that is set apart from the high-traffic-generating commercial zones and residential communities;
    2. (B)
      To provide lands to serve light industrial uses while prohibiting more intensive forms of industrial development;
    3. (C)
      To accommodate limited residential development; and
    4. (D)
      To ensure compatibility between industrial development and nearby residential uses.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Industrial building to provide a mix of employment Industrial building to provide a mix of employment Industrial building to provide a mix of employment
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Industrial, Employment (IE) Zone are::
    1. (A)
      To provide for a mix of employment, research and development, and light industrial development, with an expectation of high-quality design that is set apart from the high-traffic-generating commercial zones and residential communities;
    2. (B)
      To provide lands to serve light industrial uses while prohibiting more intensive forms of industrial development;
    3. (C)
      To accommodate limited residential development; and
    4. (D)
      To ensure compatibility between industrial development and nearby residential uses.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Industrial building to provide a mix of employment Industrial building to provide a mix of employment Industrial building to provide a mix of employment
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses Inside the Capital BeltwayOther Uses Outside the Capital Beltway
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)20.00No requirementNo requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)10,000No requirementNo requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)75No requirementNo requirement
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)459065 (6)
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)251030 (6)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)101010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total)202020
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0/20 (5)0/20 (5)0/20 (5)
    Building separation, min. (ft)25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (4)50No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Up to a distance of 150 ft.
    4. (4)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    5. (5)
      The minimum rear yard depth is 0 feet when abutting property in a Nonresidential base zone, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zones, or the MU-PD Zone, and 20 feet when abutting property in any other zone.
    6. (6)
      When approving a special exception or detailed site plan, the decision-making body or official may increase the maximum lot coverage to not more than 80% and may reduce the minimum green area to not less than 20%, upon a showing by the applicant that the proposed maximum lot coverage and minimum green area are reasonably necessary for the proposed use, are compatible with adjacent properties and the neighborhood, and that the increase in the maximum lot coverage will be offset by enhanced stormwater management, flood control, use of solar or geothermal power, off-site tree mitigation, or similar environmental benefits. No variance from the requirements of this Subsection shall be permitted.
    Computer generated graphic for a an industrial building
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses Inside the Capital BeltwayOther Uses Outside the Capital Beltway
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)20.00No requirementNo requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)10,000No requirementNo requirement
    Lot width, min. (ft)75No requirementNo requirement
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)459065 (6)
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area)251030 (6)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)101010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total)202020
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0/20 (5)0/20 (5)0/20 (5)
    Building separation, min. (ft)25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater25 or height of taller building (3), whichever is greater
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (4)50No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses.
    3. (3)
      Up to a distance of 150 ft.
    4. (4)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    5. (5)
      The minimum rear yard depth is 0 feet when abutting property in a Nonresidential base zone, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zones, or the MU-PD Zone, and 20 feet when abutting property in any other zone.
    6. (6)
      When approving a special exception or detailed site plan, the decision-making body or official may increase the maximum lot coverage to not more than 80% and may reduce the minimum green area to not less than 20%, upon a showing by the applicant that the proposed maximum lot coverage and minimum green area are reasonably necessary for the proposed use, are compatible with adjacent properties and the neighborhood, and that the increase in the maximum lot coverage will be offset by enhanced stormwater management, flood control, use of solar or geothermal power, off-site tree mitigation, or similar environmental benefits. No variance from the requirements of this Subsection shall be permitted.
    Computer generated graphic for a an industrial building
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (f)
      Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for intense industrial development that generally requires large sites, as well as industrial uses that are important for the County’s economic growth but may impact adjoining lands. Such uses generally involve greater potential for adverse off-site impacts on the environment and surrounding development (e.g., from dust, fumes, smoke, odors, noise, or vibration, or due to exterior movement of vehicles, materials, and goods);
    2. (B)
      To accommodate limited residential uses, particularly as adaptive reuse opportunities;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the reuse of existing industrial development; and
    4. (D)
      To mitigate potential impacts to surrounding residential neighborhoods.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Industrial building to intense industrial purposesIndustrial building to intense industrial purposesIndustrial building to intense industrial purposes
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for intense industrial development that generally requires large sites, as well as industrial uses that are important for the County’s economic growth but may impact adjoining lands. Such uses generally involve greater potential for adverse off-site impacts on the environment and surrounding development (e.g., from dust, fumes, smoke, odors, noise, or vibration, or due to exterior movement of vehicles, materials, and goods);
    2. (B)
      To accommodate limited residential uses, particularly as adaptive reuse opportunities;
    3. (C)
      To encourage the reuse of existing industrial development; and
    4. (D)
      To mitigate potential impacts to surrounding residential neighborhoods.
    Computer generated graphic of a nonresidential base zone
    Industrial building to intense industrial purposesIndustrial building to intense industrial purposesIndustrial building to intense industrial purposes
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)12.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)10,00010,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)7575
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirement
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area) (5)1010
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total)3030
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0/20 (4)0/20 (4)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (3)No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses. 
    3. (3)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 35 ft.
    4. (4)
      The minimum rear yard depth is 0 feet when abutting property in a Nonresidential Base Zone, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base or Planned Development zone, or the MU-PD Zone, and 20 feet when abutting property in any other zone.
    5. (5)
      Multiple industrial uses on a single property or on one or more adjoining properties under the same ownership (and which are located not more than 1,000 feet away from each other) may consolidate the required minimum green area for the entire industrial development as a whole and is not required to provide minimum green area on each individual lot or parcel.
    Computer generated graphic of a heavy industrial zone
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1)Multifamily Dwelling, Artists’ Residential Studio, Live-Work Dwelling (2) Other Uses
    Density, max. (du/ac of net lot area)12.00No requirement
    Net lot area, min. (sf)10,00010,000
    Lot width, min. (ft)7575
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)No requirementNo requirement
    Green area, min. (% of net lot area) (5)1010
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)2525
    Side yard depth, min. (ft) (both yards total)3030
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0/20 (4)0/20 (4)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft) (3)No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      The standards in this column apply to multifamily dwellings, artists’ residential studios, and live-work dwellings as stand-alone development. Dwelling units above ground-level nonresidential development shall be subject to the maximum density standard in this column, but otherwise to the standards for Other Uses. 
    3. (3)
      Provided those portions of the structure greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum front, side, and rear yard depths an additional 0.5 ft for each 1 ft (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 35 ft.
    4. (4)
      The minimum rear yard depth is 0 feet when abutting property in a Nonresidential Base Zone, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base or Planned Development zone, or the MU-PD Zone, and 20 feet when abutting property in any other zone.
    5. (5)
      Multiple industrial uses on a single property or on one or more adjoining properties under the same ownership (and which are located not more than 1,000 feet away from each other) may consolidate the required minimum green area for the entire industrial development as a whole and is not required to provide minimum green area on each individual lot or parcel.
    Computer generated graphic of a heavy industrial zone
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs

    (CB-068-2022; CB-079-2022; CR-003-2023; CB-016-2023; CB-040-2023; CB-015-2024) 

    27-4204. Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones

  • (a)
    General Purposes of Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones
    1. (1)
      Serve as focal points for a neighborhood or series of neighborhoods.
    2. (2)
      Provide development that is more urban than the areas they serve, are walkable, and contain mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Concentrate intense urban development around major transit stations and the principal targets for the County’s future planned growth and mixed-use development.
  • (b)
    Standards Applicable to all Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones
    1. (1)
      Supplemental Development Standards

      In addition to the generally applicable development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards (unless the proposed project is exempt in accordance with the development standards exemptions), the following standards shall apply to development within the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zones and PD zones (as may be modified subject to the approval of a PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval).

      1. (A)
        Connectivity
      1.  
        1. (i)
          The internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems of development shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and any internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems of existing or approved future development on adjoining lots.
        2. (ii)
          Easements allowing vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian cross-access between adjoining lots, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of the property owners, shall be recorded in the land records of Prince George’s County, Maryland.
      1. (B)
        Vehicular Access and Circulation

        The location and design of curb-cuts shall comply with the standards in Table 27-4204(b)(1)(B): Curb-Cut Standards: Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones.

  • Table 27-4204(b)(1)(B): Curb Cut Standards: Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones
    ZoneMinimum Distance from Street Intersection
    (ft)
    Minimum Distance from Other Curb Cuts on Same Block Face (ft)Maximum Curb Cut
    Width (ft)
    RTO-H and RTO-L Core and Edge areas Curb-cuts allowed only if adequate parcel access cannot be provided by alleys or secondary street system.
    If curb-cuts are necessary, they shall be shared between sites and parcels to minimize their use (as appropriate), and shall comply with the curb-cut standards for the NAC, TAC and LTO Core area.
    NAC, TAC, and LTO Core area5010024
    TAC and LTO Edge areas255030
    Table 27-4204(b)(1)(B): Curb Cut Standards: Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones
    ZoneMinimum Distance from Street Intersection
    (ft)
    Minimum Distance from Other Curb Cuts on Same Block Face (ft)Maximum Curb Cut
    Width (ft)
    RTO-H and RTO-L Core and Edge areas Curb-cuts allowed only if adequate parcel access cannot be provided by alleys or secondary street system.
    If curb-cuts are necessary, they shall be shared between sites and parcels to minimize their use (as appropriate), and shall comply with the curb-cut standards for the NAC, TAC and LTO Core area.
    NAC, TAC, and LTO Core area5010024
    TAC and LTO Edge areas255030
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (C)
          Pedestrian Access and Circulation

          Sidewalks shall be provided on both sides of the street. Sidewalk widths shall comply with the standards in Table 27-4204(b)(1)(C): Sidewalk Widths: Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones.

    Table 27-4204(b)(1)(C): Sidewalk Widths:
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones
    ZoneWidth (ft)Sidewalk Pedestrian Clearance Zone Required?Sidewalk Pedestrian Clearance Zone Minimum Width (ft)

    RTO-H Core area
    RTO-L Core area

    LTO Core area

    20 (1)Yes8
    RTO-H Edge area
    RTO-L Edge area
    LTO Edge area
    TAC Core area
    NAC
    10 (2)Yes8
    TAC Edge area (for all Neighborhood Connector Streets and Mixed Use Boulevards in the County's Urban Street Design Standards)8 (2)Yes8
    TAC Edge area (for all other streets)6 (2)No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      This includes the street tree planting area.
    2. (2)
      Does not include street tree planting area.
    Table 27-4204(b)(1)(C): Sidewalk Widths:
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones
    ZoneWidth (ft)Sidewalk Pedestrian Clearance Zone Required?Sidewalk Pedestrian Clearance Zone Minimum Width (ft)

    RTO-H Core area
    RTO-L Core area

    LTO Core area

    20 (1)Yes8
    RTO-H Edge area
    RTO-L Edge area
    LTO Edge area
    TAC Core area
    NAC
    10 (2)Yes8
    TAC Edge area (for all Neighborhood Connector Streets and Mixed Use Boulevards in the County's Urban Street Design Standards)8 (2)Yes8
    TAC Edge area (for all other streets)6 (2)No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      This includes the street tree planting area.
    2. (2)
      Does not include street tree planting area.
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1. (i)
            In addition:
            1. (aa)
              In the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, and TAC Core areas, a 5-foot deep by 8-foot wide street tree planting area shall be provided for the location of street trees, planted every 40-50 feet on center; and
            2. (bb)
              In the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, and TAC edge areas and the NAC, a sidewalk planting strip at least 5 feet wide between the sidewalk and the street shall be provided, with street trees planted every 40-50 feet on center.
          2. (ii)
            At least one walkway shall be provided from an adjacent sidewalk to each pedestrian entrance required in Section 27-4204(b)(1)(F)(iii), Building Entrances.
          3. (iii)
            Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway in the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, or NCO zones, or the Core area of the TAC zone, crosses a street, driveway, drive aisle, or parking lot, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar elements.
        2. (D)
          Off-Street Parking
          1. (i)
            Reduced Minimum Vehicle Parking Space Requirements

            Development in the Core area of the RTO-H, RTO-L, or LTO zones shall be exempt from the off-street vehicular parking standards in Section 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces.

            The minimum required number of off-street vehicle parking spaces for development in the Edge area of the RTO-H, RTO-L, or LTO zones, the Core area of the TAC zone, and the NAC zone, shall be 50 percent of the minimum requirements in Section 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces.

          2. (ii)
            Maximum Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces

            In the Core area of the RTO-H, RTO-L, or LTO zones, the maximum number of off-street vehicle parking spaces for development shall be 125 percent of the minimum requirements for the Edge area of the RTO-H, RTO-L, or LTO zones calculated in accordance with Section 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces. Spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.

            In the Edge area of the RTO-H, RTO-L, or LTO zones, and in the TAC and NAC zones, the maximum number of off-street vehicle parking spaces for development shall be 150 percent of the minimum requirements calculated in accordance with Section 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. Spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.

        3. (E)
          Arrangement and Design of Off-Street Vehicle Parking
          1. (i)
            Location

            Within the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, or NAC zones, and in the Core area of the TAC zone, all proposed new or additional surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s), or in a parking structure built in accordance with Section 27-4204(b)(1)(F)(v), Parking Structures in RTO-H and RTO-L Zones or Section 27-4204(b)(1)(F)(vi), Parking Structures in Other Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones, as applicable. Parking may, and is encouraged to be, provided along the street (on-street parking), subject to the approval of the appropriate operating agency (see Section 27-6307(e), On-Street Parking).

          2. (ii)
            Break-Up of Large Parking Lots

            Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain 50 or fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings, pedestrian walkways, or landscaped areas in accordance with the Landscape Manual.

          3. (iii)
            Pedestrian Walkways Through Parking Areas

            All vehicle parking lots and structures containing more than 50 parking spaces shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas that are designed and located to minimize the interface between pedestrian routes and traffic circulation routes, and provide pedestrian walkways with direct pedestrian and ADA access to the primary building entrance(s).

          4. (iv)
            Bicycle Parking

            Bicycle parking facilities required in accordance with Section 27-6309, Bicycle Parking Standards, shall be located within 50 feet of the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the development’s principal building(s).

        4. (F)
          Building Form Standards
          1. (i)

            Building Placement in Build-To Zone

            1. (aa)
              Where the façades of principal buildings face a street frontage and are required to be located within a build-to zone, the buildings shall be located such that the façades occupy a minimum percentage of the build-to zone along the street frontage. Minimum percentages are as shown as the minimum building width in the build-to zone standards in the Intensity and Dimensional Standards tables for each transit-oriented/activity center zone. 
            2. (bb)

              Notwithstanding the build-to line requirements of Sections 27-4204(c) through 27-4204(f), below, there shall be no maximum build-to line where any property located in any Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zone directly fronts a roadway with a Master Plan of Transportation classification of Freeway or Expressway with no intervening street or primary drive-aisle. However, where another street or a primary drive-aisle lies between a Freeway or Expressway and any proposed building, such building will remain subject to the maximum build-to line specified below for the applicable zone.

          2. (ii)
            Building Massing and Scale

            If the street-facing façade of a building is more than 60 feet wide, the perceived massing and scale of the building shall be reduced by incorporating at least 3 of the following design elements to create distinctive differences in façade design or composition, spaced no more than 60 feet apart:

            1. (aa)
              Differences in roof form and parapet heights;
            2. (bb)
              Recesses (at least one foot deep) and/or projections (not created by windows) in the wall plane;
            3. (cc)
              Distinct changes in texture and/or color of wall surfaces;
            4. (dd)
              Pilasters that are at least 8 inches deep and at least 8 inches wide, that have a height equal to at least 80 percent of the façade’s height;
            5. (ee)
              Ground level arcades, awnings, or similar overhangs;
            6. (ff)
              Second floor galleries/balconies;
            7. (gg)
              Cornices;
            8. (hh)
              Projected and recessed entries; or
            9. (ii)
              Vertical accents or focal points.
          3. (iii)
            Building Entrances
            1. (aa)
              Where the façade of a principal building abuts or faces a street frontage in the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, TAC, or NAC zone, at least one operable pedestrian entrance providing both ingress and egress shall be provided for every 150 feet, or major fraction thereof, along the façade. An angled entrance at the corner of the building may count toward satisfying this requirement on both sides of the entrance.
            2. (bb)
              If a façade in the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, TAC, or NAC zone includes multiple tenant spaces, at least one such entrance shall be provided for each street-level tenant space that is at least 25 feet wide.
            3. (cc)
              These required pedestrian entrances shall open directly to the street sidewalk without requiring pedestrians to pass through a garage, parking lot, or other non-pedestrian area.
            4. (dd)
              All primary pedestrian entrances into principal buildings shall be clearly defined and emphasized using changes in the wall plane or façade material, lintels, pediments, pilasters, awnings, canopies, porches, or other additional architectural elements.
          4. (iv)
            Windows and Doors
            1. (aa)
              Where the façade of a principal building other than a single-family or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage or an adjoining public gathering space in the RTO-H, RTO-L, LTO, or NAC zones, and in the Core area of the TAC zone, a minimum percentage of the street-level façade area shall consist of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians. Minimum percentages are as shown as the minimum building façade fenestration/transparency standard in the Intensity and Dimensional Standards table for each individual transit-oriented/activity center zone.
            2. (bb)
              Window and door openings counting toward meeting this transparency requirement shall consist of glass that is relatively clear and non-reflective, with a minimum visible light transmittance of 0.65 and maximum visible light reflectance of 0.20.
          5. (v)
            Parking Structures in RTO-H and RTO-L Zones

            In the RTO-H and RTO-L zones, where the street-level façade of a parking structure abuts or faces a street frontage, the structure shall be designed to accommodate retail sales and service uses, service-oriented office uses, or entertainment uses to a depth of 30 feet along at least 60 percent of the width of such street-level façade—to provide visual interest and create pedestrian activity at the street level. In addition, the upper level façade of the parking structure shall be articulated through use of at least three of the following features:

            1. (aa)
              Windows or window-shaped openings;
            2. (bb)
              Masonry columns;
            3. (cc)
              Decorative wall insets or projections;
            4. (dd)
              Awnings;
            5. (ee)
              Changes in color or texture of exterior materials;
            6. (ff)
              Integrated vegetation (hanging or along trellises); or
            7. (gg)
              Similar features.
          6. (vi)
            Parking Structures in Other Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones

            Where the façade of a parking structure abuts or faces a street frontage in the LTO or NAC zones, or the Core area of the TAC zone, the façade shall be articulated through use of at least three of the following features:

            1. (aa)
              Windows or window-shaped openings;
            2. (bb)
              Masonry columns;
            3. (cc)
              Decorative wall insets or projections;
            4. (dd)
              Awnings;
            5. (ee)
              Changes in color or texture of exterior materials;
            6. (ff)
              Integrated vegetation (hanging or along trellises); or
            7. (gg)
              Similar features. 
      2. (2)
        Location Standards
        1. (A)

          To support of the County’s planned growth and emphasis on transit-oriented, mixed-use development in designated priority growth locations including major transit stations, activity centers, and innovation corridors/hubs, and to minimize sprawl and concentrations of high-density development in locations which may not sufficiently accommodate the infrastructure necessary to support denser development patterns, no Sectional Map Amendment pursuant to Section 27-3503, Sectional Map Amendment (SMA) or Zoning Map Amendment pursuant to Section 27-3601, Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA) may approve any Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zone in any location other than as provided in Table 27-4204(b)(2)(A): Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zone Location Standards.

    Table 27-4204(b)(2)(A): Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zone Location Standards  
     ZoneLocations Permitted 
    NAC Zone

    The NAC Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Neighborhood Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    TAC Zone

    The TAC Zone may only be located on lands within a Town Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

    LTO Zone

    The LTO Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Local Transit Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    RTO Zone

    The RTO Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Within that portion of the Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, located within that portion of the City of College Park between University Boulevard/MD 193, south to the city’s southern boundary.
    Table 27-4204(b)(2)(A): Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zone Location Standards  
     ZoneLocations Permitted 
    NAC Zone

    The NAC Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Neighborhood Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    TAC Zone

    The TAC Zone may only be located on lands within a Town Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

    LTO Zone

    The LTO Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Local Transit Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    RTO Zone

    The RTO Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Within that portion of the Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, located within that portion of the City of College Park between University Boulevard/MD 193, south to the city’s southern boundary.
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)

          Notwithstanding Subsection 27-4204(b)(2)(A), above, in the event of a concurrent Sectional Map Amendment, the applicable Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zone(s) may be proposed (and ultimately approved by the District Council) to implement amendments to the Growth Policy Map or Strategic Investment Map of the General Plan that may also be proposed (and approved by the District Council) in the accompanying Area Master Plan or Sector Plan.

    1. (c)
      Neighborhood Activity Center (NAC) Zone  
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Neighborhood Activity Center (NAC) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for lower-density, small-scale, mixed-use centers that are attractive to employers and employees, are well connected to transit, and serve the surrounding neighborhood;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options; and
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve local neighborhood needs.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    TownhomesStorefront on a corner lotStorefront with curb parking
    1. (1)
      Purposes      
    The purposes of the Neighborhood Activity Center (NAC) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for lower-density, small-scale, mixed-use centers that are attractive to employers and employees, are well connected to transit, and serve the surrounding neighborhood;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options; and
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve local neighborhood needs.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    TownhomesStorefront on a corner lotStorefront with curb parking
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1) All Uses
    ❶ Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600
    Lot area, min. (sf)5,000 (2)
    Lot width, min. (ft)50 (3)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (4)10.00 | 90.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (5)0.25 | 2.0
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)40 | 100
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (6)(7)15 | 35
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)(8)60
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Building façade fenestration/transparency, min. (% of street-level façade area) Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way40
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space35
    Principal structure height, min. |max. (ft)No requirement | 60
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      1,200 sf for townhouse lots.
    3. (3)
      18 ft for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    6. (6)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along street frontages are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    Computer generated graphic of transit-oriented or activity centered area
    1. (2)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1) All Uses
    ❶ Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600
    Lot area, min. (sf)5,000 (2)
    Lot width, min. (ft)50 (3)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (4)10.00 | 90.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (5)0.25 | 2.0
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)40 | 100
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (6)(7)15 | 35
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)(8)60
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)0
    Building façade fenestration/transparency, min. (% of street-level façade area) Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way40
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space35
    Principal structure height, min. |max. (ft)No requirement | 60
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      1,200 sf for townhouse lots.
    3. (3)
      18 ft for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    6. (6)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along street frontages are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    Computer generated graphic of transit-oriented or activity centered area
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (d)
      Town Activity Center (TAC) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Town Activity Center (TAC) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for moderate-intensity, auto-accessible, mixed-use centers that serve larger areas of surrounding neighborhoods;
    2. (B)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve community-wide needs; and
    3. (C)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Main street with curb parki9ngMain street with landscaping Multi-story homes with curb parking
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Town Activity Center (TAC) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for moderate-intensity, auto-accessible, mixed-use centers that serve larger areas of surrounding neighborhoods;
    2. (B)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve community-wide needs; and
    3. (C)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Main street with curb parki9ngMain street with landscaping Multi-story homes with curb parking
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a TAC Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include the land area that is the main focal point of the zone or a concentrated area of the zone’s most intense development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense, more auto-oriented development with more of a residential mix and less emphasis on commercial development. The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the TAC Zone.
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a TAC Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include the land area that is the main focal point of the zone or a concentrated area of the zone’s most intense development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense, more auto-oriented development with more of a residential mix and less emphasis on commercial development. The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the TAC Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)CoreEdge
    All UsesNonresidential & Mixed-Use Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600400 | 800 (2)400 | 800 (2)
    Lot area, min. (sf)1,500 (3)3,0005,000 (3)
    Lot width, min. (ft)20 (4)3050 (4)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (5)15.00 | 120.005.00 | 100.00 (11)5.00 | 100.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (6)0.5 | 2.50.25 | 1.5No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area) 50 | 10040 | 85No requirement | 75
    ❸ Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (7)(8)15| 276 | 26 (2)6 |26 (2)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (8)(9)705050
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)0010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)005 (10)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)005

    Building façade fenestration/transparency min. (% of street-level façade area)

    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way4035No requirement
    Facing a public gathering space3535No requirement
    Principal structure height, min. | max. (ft)24 | 80No requirement | 70 No requirement | 70

    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      These standards do not apply to blocks in Edge areas that are entirely located more than one-half mile beyond the Core area; in such areas, there is no minimum or maximum block length requirement.
    3. (3)
      1,200 sf for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      18 ft for townhouse lots.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    6. (6)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    7. (7)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    8. (8)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    9. (9)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    10. (10)
      Not applicable to townhouse lots except to the outside of end units.
    11. (11)
      Applies to the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    Computer generated graphic of a town activity center area
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)CoreEdge
    All UsesNonresidential & Mixed-Use Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600400 | 800 (2)400 | 800 (2)
    Lot area, min. (sf)1,500 (3)3,0005,000 (3)
    Lot width, min. (ft)20 (4)3050 (4)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (5)15.00 | 120.005.00 | 100.00 (11)5.00 | 100.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (6)0.5 | 2.50.25 | 1.5No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area) 50 | 10040 | 85No requirement | 75
    ❸ Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (7)(8)15| 276 | 26 (2)6 |26 (2)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (8)(9)705050
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)0010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)005 (10)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)005

    Building façade fenestration/transparency min. (% of street-level façade area)

    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way4035No requirement
    Facing a public gathering space3535No requirement
    Principal structure height, min. | max. (ft)24 | 80No requirement | 70 No requirement | 70

    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      These standards do not apply to blocks in Edge areas that are entirely located more than one-half mile beyond the Core area; in such areas, there is no minimum or maximum block length requirement.
    3. (3)
      1,200 sf for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      18 ft for townhouse lots.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    6. (6)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    7. (7)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    8. (8)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    9. (9)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    10. (10)
      Not applicable to townhouse lots except to the outside of end units.
    11. (11)
      Applies to the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    Computer generated graphic of a town activity center area
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (e)
      Local Transit-Oriented (LTO) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Local Transit-Oriented (LTO) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for moderate-intensity, vibrant, and transit-rich mixed-use centers;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve community-wide needs; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Street with buildings alongside of itCommercial buildingsCommercial buildingsCommercial buildings
    1. (1)
      Purposes      

    The purposes of the Local Transit-Oriented (LTO) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for moderate-intensity, vibrant, and transit-rich mixed-use centers;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve community-wide needs; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Street with buildings alongside of itCommercial buildingsCommercial buildingsCommercial buildings
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a LTO Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include land that is within convenient walking distance (generally about ¼ mile) of the existing or proposed transit station/stop, if any, around which the zone is centered or otherwise has a high potential for higher-intensity, mixed-use, pedestrian-oriented, and transit-supportive development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense development with more of a residential mix and less emphasis on commercial development. The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the LTO Zone.
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a LTO Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include land that is within convenient walking distance (generally about ¼ mile) of the existing or proposed transit station/stop, if any, around which the zone is centered or otherwise has a high potential for higher-intensity, mixed-use, pedestrian-oriented, and transit-supportive development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense development with more of a residential mix and less emphasis on commercial development. The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the LTO Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)CoreEdge
    All UsesNonresidential & Mixed-Use Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600400 | 800400 | 800
    Lot area, min. (sf)1,5003,0005,000 (2)
    Lot width, min. (ft)203050 (3)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (4)20.00 | 150.0010.00 | 120.00 (10)10.00 | 120.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (5)0.5 | 3.00.25 | 2.0No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area) 65 | 10050 | 90No requirement | 90
    ❸ Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (6)(7)15| 2711 | 3111 | 31
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)(8)705050
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)0010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)005 (9)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)000

    Building façade fenestration/transparency min. (% of street-level façade area)

    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way5040No requirement
    Facing a public gathering space4535No requirement
    Principal structure height, min. | max. (ft)24 | 100No requirement | 80 No requirement | 80

    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      1,000 sf for townhouse lots.
    3. (3)
      16 ft for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    6. (6)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind a required build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    9. (9)
      Not applicable to townhouse lots except to the outside of end units.
    10. (10)
      Applies to the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    Computer generated graphic of a local transit-oriented area
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (f)
      Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity (RTO-L) and Regional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity (RTO-H) Zones
    1. (1)
      Purposes    

    The purposes of the Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity (RTO-L) and Regional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity (RTO-H) Zones are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for high-intensity, vibrant, mixed-use centers that are intended to capture the majority of the County’s future residential and employment growth and development;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve regional needs; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Multi-level apartment complexDowntown area with an open spaceShopping area
    1. (1)
      Purposes    

    The purposes of the Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity (RTO-L) and Regional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity (RTO-H) Zones are:

    1. (A)
      To provide lands for high-intensity, vibrant, mixed-use centers that are intended to capture the majority of the County’s future residential and employment growth and development;
    2. (B)
      To incorporate walkable and bikeable areas that are well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    3. (C)
      To provide a mix of uses that serve regional needs; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development that is well integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation and compatible design.
    Computer generated graphic of a transit-oriented/activity center base zone
    Multi-level apartment complexDowntown area with an open spaceShopping area
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a RTO- Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include land that is within convenient walking distance (generally about ¼ mile) of the existing or proposed transit station, if any, around which the zone is centered and otherwise has a high potential for high-intensity, mixed-use, pedestrian-oriented, and transit-supportive development. If there is no transit station the core area shall include land that is the focal point of development with high potential for high-intensity, mixed-use development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense development with more of a residential mix (e.g., townhouses and multifamily). The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the RTO- Zone.
    1. (2)
      Division of Zone into Core and Edge Areas
    When land is zoned or rezoned to a RTO- Zone, it shall be designated as part of the zone’s Core area or part of its Edge area. The Core area shall include land that is within convenient walking distance (generally about ¼ mile) of the existing or proposed transit station, if any, around which the zone is centered and otherwise has a high potential for high-intensity, mixed-use, pedestrian-oriented, and transit-supportive development. If there is no transit station the core area shall include land that is the focal point of development with high potential for high-intensity, mixed-use development. The remainder of the zone shall be designated as the zone’s Edge area, which is intended to accommodate less intense development with more of a residential mix (e.g., townhouses and multifamily). The zone’s Core area and Edge area shall be delineated on the Zoning Map in conjunction with the mapping of the RTO- Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity (RTO-L) ZoneRegional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity (RTO-H) Zone
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    All UsesNonresidential & Mixed-Use Residential

    All Uses

    Nonresidential & Mixed-UseResidential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600400 | 800400 | 800200 | 600400 | 800400 | 800
    Lot area, min. (sf)1,5003,0005,000 (2)1,5003,0005,000 (2)
    Lot width, min. (ft)203050 (3)203050 (3)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (4)30.00 | 175.0020.00 | 140.00 (12)20.00 | 140.0030.00 | 250.0020.00 | 175.00 (12)20.00 | 175.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (5)1.0 | 4.00.25 | 2.5No requirement1.5 | 5.00.5 | 3.0No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area) 70 | 10050 | 90No requirement | 8070 | 10050 | 90No requirement | 80
    ❸ Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (6)(7)20 | 3015 | 2715 | 3520 | 3015 | 2715 | 35
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)(8)807070807070
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)00100010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)005 (9)005 (9)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)000000

    Building façade fenestration/transparency min. (% of street-level façade area)

    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way5040No requirement5050No requirement
    Facing a public gathering space4545No requirement4545No requirement
    Principal structure height, min. | max. (ft)35 | No requirement (10)35 | 126 (10)35 | 126 (10)45 |  No requirement (11)35| 182 (11)35| 182 (11)
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      1,000 sf for townhouse lots.
    3. (3)
      16 ft for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    6. (6)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    9. (9)
      Not applicable to townhouse lots except to the outside of end units.
    10. (10)
      Provided those portions of the structure on the front façade greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum build-to line or front yard depth an additional 0.5 ft. for each 1 ft. (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    11. (11)
      Provided those portions of the structure on the front façade greater than 75 ft high are set back from the minimum build-to line or front yard depth an additional 0.5 ft. for each 2 ft. (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 75 ft.
    12. (12)
      Applies to the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    Computer generated graphic of low-intensity transit-oriented area
    Computer generated graphic of a low-intensity area
    Computer generated graphic of a high-intensity transit-oriented area
    Computer generated graphic of buildings in high-intensity area
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard(1)Regional Transit-Oriented, Low-Intensity (RTO-L) ZoneRegional Transit-Oriented, High-Intensity (RTO-H) Zone
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    All UsesNonresidential & Mixed-Use Residential

    All Uses

    Nonresidential & Mixed-UseResidential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)200 | 600400 | 800400 | 800200 | 600400 | 800400 | 800
    Lot area, min. (sf)1,5003,0005,000 (2)1,5003,0005,000 (2)
    Lot width, min. (ft)203050 (3)203050 (3)
    Density, min. | max. (du/ac of net lot area) (4)30.00 | 175.0020.00 | 140.00 (12)20.00 | 140.0030.00 | 250.0020.00 | 175.00 (12)20.00 | 175.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (5)1.0 | 4.00.25 | 2.5No requirement1.5 | 5.00.5 | 3.0No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area) 70 | 10050 | 90No requirement | 8070 | 10050 | 90No requirement | 80
    ❸ Build-to line, min. | max. (ft) (6)(7)20 | 3015 | 2715 | 3520 | 3015 | 2715 | 35
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)(8)807070807070
    Front yard depth, min. (ft)00100010
    Side yard depth, min. (ft)005 (9)005 (9)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft)000000

    Building façade fenestration/transparency min. (% of street-level façade area)

    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way5040No requirement5050No requirement
    Facing a public gathering space4545No requirement4545No requirement
    Principal structure height, min. | max. (ft)35 | No requirement (10)35 | 126 (10)35 | 126 (10)45 |  No requirement (11)35| 182 (11)35| 182 (11)
    NOTES: du/ac = dwelling units per acre; sf = square feet; ft = feet
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      1,000 sf for townhouse lots.
    3. (3)
      16 ft for townhouse lots.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    5. (5)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    6. (6)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)), or surface parking (subject to Section 27-6300).
    9. (9)
      Not applicable to townhouse lots except to the outside of end units.
    10. (10)
      Provided those portions of the structure on the front façade greater than 50 ft high are set back from the minimum build-to line or front yard depth an additional 0.5 ft. for each 1 ft. (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 50 ft.
    11. (11)
      Provided those portions of the structure on the front façade greater than 75 ft high are set back from the minimum build-to line or front yard depth an additional 0.5 ft. for each 2 ft. (or major fraction thereof) the height of the portion exceeds 75 ft.
    12. (12)
      Applies to the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    Computer generated graphic of low-intensity transit-oriented area
    Computer generated graphic of a low-intensity area
    Computer generated graphic of a high-intensity transit-oriented area
    Computer generated graphic of buildings in high-intensity area
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs
    1. (3)
      Reference to Other Standards
    See development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards, (including those noted below) and any modified development standards for any overlay zones, subject to the supplemental development standards in Section 27-4204(b)(1).
    Sec. 27-3400   Standard Review ProceduresSec. 27-6400   Open Space Set-AsidesSec. 27-61200  Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-3600   Application-Specific Review Procedures and Decision StandardsSec. 27-6500   LandscapingSec. 27-61300  Agricultural Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-4400   Overlay ZonesSec. 27-6600   Fences and WallsSec. 27-61400  Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    Sec. 27-5101   Principal Use TablesSec. 27-6700   Exterior LightingSec. 27-61500  Signage
    Sec. 27-5200   Accessory Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6800   Environmental Protection and Noise ControlsSec. 27-61600  Green Building Standards
    Sec. 27-5300   Temporary Uses and StructuresSec. 27-6900   Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards 
    Sec. 27-6200   Roadway Access, Mobility, and CirculationSec. 27-61000  Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design StandardsPART 27-2   Interpretation and Definitions
    Sec. 27-6300   Off-Street Parking and LoadingSec. 27-61100  Industrial Form and Design StandardsPART 27-7   Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs

    (CB-097-2022; CR-003-2023; CB-018-2023; CB-015-2024) 

    27-4205. Other Base Zones

  • (a)
    Zoning of Land to RMH, LCD, LMXC, or LMUTC Zones Prohibited

    A Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA) in accordance with Section 27-3601, Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA), or a Sectional Map Amendment (SMA) in accordance with Section 27-3503, Sectional Map Amendment (SMA), shall not change the zoning classification of any land to the Planned Mobile Home Community (RMH) Zone, Legacy Comprehensive Design (LCD) Zone, Legacy Mixed-Use Community (LMXC), or Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Zone.

  • (b)
    Planned Mobile Home Community (RMH) Zone

    Property in the RMH Zone may proceed to develop in accordance with the procedures, uses, and standards of the Zoning Ordinance in existence prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, subject to the terms and conditions of any development approvals which it has received.

  • (c)
    Legacy Comprehensive Design (LCD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purpose

      The purpose of the Legacy Comprehensive Design (LCD) Zone is to recognize comprehensive design zones established prior to April 1, 2022 for which a Basic Plan, Comprehensive Design Plan (CDP), or Specific Design Plan (SDP) was approved prior to April 1, 2022 or for lands that were subject to a Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA) and Basic Plan for a comprehensive design zone that was pending prior to April 1, 2022, and was approved pursuant to Section 27-1700, Transition Provisions, after April 1, 2022.

    2. (2)
      Establishment of Legacy Comprehensive Design (LCD) Zone

      The LCD Zone includes all lands located within the following comprehensive design zones on April 1, 2022 for which a Basic Plan, CDP, or SDP was approved prior to April 1, 2022, if either 1) the land in the zone is fully developed in accordance with the approved Basic Plan, CDP, or SDP prior to April 1, 2022, or 2) the approved Basic Plan, CDP, or SDP remains valid in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions, on April 1, 2022:

      1. (A)
        The Major Activity Center (M-A-C) Zone;
      2. (B)
        The Local Activity Center (L-A-C) Zone;
      3. (C)
        The Employment and Institutional Area (E-I-A) Zone;
      4. (D)
        The Residential Urban Development (R-U) Zone;
      5. (E)
        The Residential Medium Development (R-M) Zone;
      6. (F)
        The Residential Suburban Development (R-S) Zone;
      7. (G)
        The Village-Medium (V-M) Zone;
      8. (H)
        The Village-Low (V-L) Zone; and
      9. (I)
        The Residential Low Development (R-L) Zone.

      ​The LCD Zone shall also include all lands that were subject to a Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA) for one of the above listed comprehensive design zones that was pending prior to April 1, 2022 and was approved for rezoning for which a Basic Plan was approved pursuant to Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions, after April 1, 2022, as the appropriate replacement zone to the prior comprehensive design zones.

    3. (3)
      Legacy Comprehensive Design (LCD) Zone Procedures, Standards, and Permitted Uses

      Development within the LCD Zone shall comply with the applicable approved Basic Plan, CDP, and SDP, and with the procedures and standards applicable in the zone listed in Subsections (2)(A) through (2)(I) above in which the development was located prior to its placement in the LCD Zone, in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions. Uses permitted in the LCD Zone shall comply with the uses permitted in the zone listed in Subsections 2(A) through 2(I) above in which the development was located prior to its placement in the LCD Zone.

    4. (4)
      Transition Upon Invalidation of Approved Plans

      If prior to land in the LCD Zone being fully developed in accordance with an approved Comprehensive Design Plan and Specific Design Plan, the Comprehensive Design Plan or Specific Design Plan become invalid (see Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions), the land shall immediately be placed in the RR Zone until the District Council approves a Zoning Map Amendment for the property. No applications for development approvals or permits shall be accepted, reviewed, or acted upon in accordance with Division 27-3: Administration, in the period of time prior to the District Council's decision on a Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA) application.

    5. (5)
      Development Within Designated Employment Areas

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subtitle to the contrary, any land in the LCD Zone as of April 1, 2022 that is identified within an employment area in an Area Master Plan or Sector Plan may develop in accordance with the standards and uses applicable to the E-I-A Zone in the Zoning Ordinance in effect prior to April 1, 2022. Development of such land shall comply with a Basic Plan, CDP, or SDP, approved pursuant to the E-I-A Zone standards and uses in the Zoning Ordinance in effect prior to April 1, 2022 as modified by the provisions set forth in this Subsection and said approvals shall remain valid in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions. Regulations regarding green area set forth in Section 27-501(a)(2) in the Zoning Ordinance in effect prior to April 1, 2022 shall not apply and the minimum green area (of net lot area) may be reduced to 10 percent if consistent with the approved CDP. A grading permit to support the development of permitted uses may be issued so long as it is in conformance with an approved CDP and Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan. The minimum standards set forth in the Landscape Manual for landscaping, buffering, and screening for all uses permitted in the E-I-A Zone may be modified by the approved CDP. An amendment of a Basic Plan to incorporate the standards and uses set forth in this Subsection may be processed using the procedures applicable to the previous Basic Plan. Any approved Basic Plan, CDP, or SDP that conforms to the provisions of this Subsection shall be considered “grandfathered” and subject to the provisions set forth in Section 27-1704 of this Subtitle (notwithstanding whether the property is subsequently rezoned).

  • (d)
    Legacy Mixed-Use Community (LMXC) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purpose

      The purpose of the Legacy Mixed-Use Community (LMXC) Zone is to recognize Mixed-Use Community (M-X-C) Zones established prior to April 1, 2022 for which a Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan was approved prior to April 1, 2022.

    2. (2)
      Establishment of Legacy Mixed-Use Community (LMXC) Zone

      The LMXC Zone includes all lands located within the Mixed-Use Community (M-X-C) Zone on April 1, 2022 for which a Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan was approved prior to April 1, 2022, if either 1) the land in the zone is fully developed in accordance with the approved Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan prior to April 1, 2022, or 2) the approved Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan remains valid in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions, on April 1, 2022.

    3. (3)
      Legacy Mixed-Use Community (LMXC) Zone Procedures, Standards, and Permitted Uses

      Development within the LMXC Zone shall comply with the applicable approved Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan, and with the procedures and standards applicable in the M-X-C Zone as it existed on April 1, 2022, in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions. Uses permitted in the LMXC Zone shall comply with the uses permitted in the M-X-C Zone as it existed on April 1, 2022.

    4. (4)
      Transition Upon Invalidation of Approved Plans

      If prior to land in the LMXC Zone being fully developed in accordance with an approved Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan, the Comprehensive Sketch Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Final Development Plan, or Detailed Site Plan becomes invalid (see Sec. 27- 1700, Transitional Provisions), the land shall immediately be placed in the RSF-65 Zone until the District Council approves a Zoning Map Amendment for the property. No applications for development approvals or permits shall be accepted, reviewed, or acted upon in accordance with PART 27-3, Administration, in the period of time prior to the District Council’s decision on a Zoning Map amendment (ZMA) application.

  • (e)
    Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purpose

      The purpose of the Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Zone is to recognize Mixed-Use Town Center (M-U-TC) Zones established prior to April 1, 2022.

    2. (2)
      Establishment of Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Zone

      The LMUTC Zone includes all lands located within the Mixed-Use Town Center (M-U-TC) Zone on April 1, 2022.

    3. (3)
      Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Zone Procedures, Standards, and Permitted Uses
      1. (A)

        Except as provided in Subsections 27-4205(e)(4) and (5), below, property in the LMUTC Zone may proceed to develop in accordance with the procedures of the Zoning Ordinance in existence prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, including procedures relating to variance approvals and secondary amendments, which shall also apply to property in the LMUTC Zone as appropriate.

      2. (B)
        Development within the LMUTC Zone shall comply with the applicable Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan. Development within the LMUTC Zone shall also comply with any applicable and valid Conceptual Site Plan, Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Special Permit, permit issued in conformance with the Town Center Development Plan, Special Exception, or Detailed Site Plan, in accordance with Section 27-1700, Transitional Provisions, and uses permitted in the LMUTC Zone shall comply with the uses permitted in the specific Mixed-Use Town Center, as may be amended from time to time, in which the property was located prior to April 1, 2022. 
    4. (4)
      Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Design Review Committee

      Each LMUTC includes a local design review committee that is advisory to the Planning Board. These design review committees shall be reestablished pursuant to the requirements of Section 27-3310, LMUTC Design Review Committees, following April 1, 2022. This requirement, and the establishment and membership of the LMUTC design review committees, shall supersede any design review committee membership guidelines, rules of establishment, and regulations contained in any Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan and the regulations of the prior Zoning Ordinance.

    5. (5)
      Legacy Mixed-Use Town Center (LMUTC) Review Procedures

      The following LMUTC application review procedures supersede the procedures specified in any Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan and the regulations of the prior Zoning Ordinance.

      1. (A)
        Application Submittal and Review
        1. (i)
          All applications for any proposed building permit, use and occupancy permit, sign permit, special permit, or, where previously delegated by the District Council to a Mixed-Use Town Center design review committee, other development applications (such as special exceptions or detailed site plans), shall be submitted to the Planning Director or DPIE Director.
          1. (aa)
            For the purposes of this Subsection and the LMUTC Zone, “use and occupancy permit” shall refer to one of:
            1. (I)
              Construction of a building or structure for placement of a new use on land;
            2. (II)
              Conversion of a single-family detached dwelling unit to include additional dwelling units; or
            3. (III)
              Development of any accessory building or structure on a lot.
          2. (bb)
            Other development that may require approval of a use and occupancy permit, including a change in the use of an existing building or the conversion of a building, structure, or land from one use to another use, shall not require review and recommendation by the LMUTC Design Review Committee.
        2. (ii)
          All such applications subject to the above Subparagraph (i) shall be referred to the Planning Director for review, recommendation, and preparation of a Technical Staff Report describing the application and making a recommendation to the LMUTC Design Review Committee. The Planning Director shall refer the application to the applicable LMUTC Design Review Committee within 10 business days of receipt.
        3. (iii)

          Applications for the following minor development activities shall not require the preparation of a Technical Staff Report nor referral to the LMUTC Design Review Committee:

          1. (aa)

            Changes in occupancy or tenancy; 

          2. (bb)
            Interior-only work with no changes to the gross floor area of a building or structure; and
          3. (cc)
            Permits of a minor nature as specified in Section 27-3611(f), Permits of a Minor Nature.
      2. (B)
        LMUTC Design Review Committee Recommendation
      3.  
        1. (i)
          The LMUTC Design Review Committee shall review the application for consistency with the applicable Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan, and shall schedule a meeting to discuss the application within 30 business days of receipt of the application from the Planning Director. Following review of the application, the LMUTC Design Review Committee shall immediately vote to make a recommendation to the DPIE Director, which shall consist of one of the following:
          1. (aa)
            Recommend approval;
          2. (bb)
            Recommend approval with conditions;
          3. (cc)
            Recommend disapproval; or
          4. (dd)
            Recommend remanding the application to the applicant with specific, written revisions necessary to meet the requirements of the applicable Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan.
            1. (I)
              Any applications that are remanded to the applicant may only be remanded once, and may only be resubmitted once by the applicant for re-review of the application.
            2. (II)
              Requested revisions associated with a recommendation of remanding the application to the applicant may only consist of revisions that will bring a noncompliant application into compliance with the mandatory standards of the applicable Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan.
        2. (ii)
          Once an application is recommended for approval or approval with conditions, the chairman of the LMUTC Design Review Committee shall affix the official stamp of approval to the submitted application and transmit the application and supporting material to the DPIE Director for action. Copies of the stamped application and supporting material shall also be sent to the Planning Director and the applicant within 3 business days of the Committee’s vote on the application. Failure to submit stamped plans to the DPIE Director within 3 business days of the Committee’s vote on the application constitutes a recommendation of approval.
      1. (C)
        Departures from a Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan

        The Planning Board is authorized to allow departures from the strict application of any standard or guideline approved in a Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 27-3614(e), Major Departure Procedure.

      2. (D)
        Appeal

        An applicant may appeal the recommendation of the LMUTC Design Review Committee for disapproval or approval with conditions that an applicant is not in agreement with to the Planning Board by filing a detailed site plan application pursuant to Section 27-3605, Detailed Site Plan.

    6. (6)
      Transition Upon Inaction

      Unless otherwise provided within this Section, any property classified in the LMUTC Zone for which a development application has not been submitted to and approved by the Planning Board, Planning Director, or DPIE Director for a period of 10 years following April 1, 2022 shall immediately be placed in new zoning categories as follows:

      1. (A)
        Property in the Brentwood or Mount Rainier LMUTC Zones shall be placed in the NAC Zone.
      2. (B)
        Property in the Suitland LMUTC Zone shall be placed in the RTO-L Zone, in the edge area.
      3. (C)
        Property in the Riverdale Park LMUTC Zone shall remain in the LMUTC Zone.

      Such properties shall remain in the new zoning categories until and unless the District Council approves a Zoning Map Amendment for the property, or a new Sectional Map Amendment is approved, and shall no longer be subject to the pertinent Mixed-Use Town Center Development Plan, LMUTC regulations, and review by the LMUTC Design Review Committee. Once rezoned to the NAC or RTO-L zones, such properties may immediately proceed to develop in accordance with this Zoning Ordinance.​

  • (CB-068-2022; CB-105-2022; CB-015-2024) 

    27-4301. General Provisions for All Planned Development Zones

  • (a)
    General Purposes of Planned Development Zones

    The Planned Development (PD) zones are established and intended to encourage innovative land planning and site design concepts that support a high quality of life and achieve a high quality of development, environmental sensitivity, energy efficiency, and other County goals and objectives resulting in a project superior to what would result from compliance with Base zones by:

    1. (1)
      Reducing the inflexibility of zone standards that sometimes results from strict application of the zone development, form, and design standards established in this Ordinance;
    2. (2)
      Allowing greater freedom and flexibility in selecting:
      1. (A)
        The form and design of development;
      2. (B)
        The ways by which pedestrians, bicyclists, transit users, and motorists circulate;
      3. (C)
        The location and design of the development respective and protective of the natural features of the land and the environment;
      4. (D)
        The location and integration of open space and civic space into the development; and
      5. (E)
        Design amenities.
    3. (3)
      Where appropriate, allowing greater freedom in providing a well-integrated mix of uses in the same development, including a mix of nonresidential development, housing types, lot sizes, and densities/intensities;
    4. (4)
      Allowing more efficient use of land, with coordinated and right-sized networks of streets and utilities;
    5. (5)
      Promoting development forms and patterns that respect the character of established surrounding neighborhoods and other types of land uses;
    6. (6)
      Improving community services and facilities and enhancing functionality of vehicular access and circulation;
    7. (7)
      Promoting development forms that respect and take advantage of a site’s natural, scenic, and man-made features, such as rivers, lakes, wetlands, floodplains, trees, historic features, and cultural and archeological resources; and
    8. (8)
      Providing public benefits to further protect and advance the public health, safety, welfare, and convenience.
  • (b)
    Classification of Planned Development Zones

    Land shall be classified into a PD zone only in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 27-3602, Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment.

  • (c)
    Organization of Planned Development Zone Regulations

    Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones, sets out general standards applicable to all types of PD zones. Section 27-4302 through Section 27-4304 sets out for each of the different types of PD zones, a purpose statement, a list of the types of form, intensity, dimensional, development, and design standards to be applied as part of the PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval, and references to applicable use and other standards.

  • (d)
    General Standards for All Planned Development Zones

    Before approving a PD zone classification, the District Council shall find that the application for the PD zone classification, as well as the PD Basic Plan and Conditions of Approval, comply with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      PD Basic Plan

      The PD Basic Plan shall:

      1. (A)
        Establish a statement of planning and development goals for the zone that is consistent with the General Plan and the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan and purposes of the PD Zone;
      2. (B)
        Establish the specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses permitted in the zone. They shall be consistent with the Principal Use Tables (and may only be selected from uses identified as Allowable in the desired PD zone) in Section 27-5101(e), Principal Use Table for Planned Development Zones, and the purposes of the particular type of PD zone, and be subject to applicable use-specific standards identified in the PD Basic Plan, and any additional limitations or requirements applicable to the particular type of PD zone;
      3. (C)
        Establish the general location of each development area in the zone, its acreage, types and mix of land uses, number of residential units (by use type), nonresidential floor area (by use type), residential density, and nonresidential intensity. The residential density and nonresidential intensity shall be consistent with the general purposes of the PD zone and the specific requirements of the individual PD zone;
      4. (D)
        Establish the dimensional standards that apply in the PD zone. The dimensional standards shall be consistent with the requirements of the individual PD zone, and its purposes;
      5. (E)
        Where relevant, establish the standards and requirements that ensure development on the perimeter of the PD zone is designed and located to be compatible with the character of adjacent existing or approved development. Determination of compatible character shall be based on densities/intensities, lot size and dimensions, building height, building mass and scale, form and design features, location and design of parking facilities, hours of operation, exterior lighting, siting of service areas, and any other standards deemed appropriate by the District Council;
      6. (F)
        Establish the general location, amount, and type (whether designated for active or passive recreation) of open space, consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone;
      7. (G)
        Identify the general location of environmentally sensitive lands, resource lands, wildlife habitat, and waterway corridors, and ensure protection of these lands consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone and the requirements of this Ordinance;
      8. (H)
        Identify the general location of existing on-site and adjacent historic sites, resources, and districts and archeological and cultural resources;
      9. (I)
        Identify the general on-site pedestrian circulation system, including any existing on-site and adjacent pedestrian circulation systems (pedestrian and bicycle pathways, and trails), and how it will connect to off-site pedestrian systems in ways that are consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone, and the requirements of this Ordinance;
      10. (J)
        Identify the general design and layout of the on-site transportation circulation system, including the general location of all public and private streets, existing or projected transit corridors, and how they interface with the pedestrian circulation system, and connect to existing and planned County and regional systems in a manner consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone, and the requirements of this Ordinance;
      11. (K)
        Identify the general location of on-site potable water and wastewater facilities, and how they will connect to existing and planned County and regional systems in a manner consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone, and the requirements of this Ordinance;
      12. (L)
        Identify the general location of on-site storm drainage facilities, and how they will connect to existing and planned County systems, in a manner consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone, and the requirements of this Ordinance;
      13. (M)
        Identify the general location and layout of all other on-site and off-site public facilities serving the development (including any municipal public facilities, when the subject property is located within a municipality), and how they are consistent with the purposes of the individual PD zone. The other on-site and off-site public facilities considered shall include—but not limited to—parks, schools, and facilities for fire protection, police protection, EMS, stormwater management, and solid waste management;
      14. (N)
        Establish provisions addressing how transportation, potable water, wastewater, stormwater management, and other public facilities will be provided to accommodate the proposed development;
      15. (O)
        Establish the development standards that will be applied to development in accordance with Section 27-4301(d)(2), Development Standards; and
      16. (P)
        Include specific public benefits and project amenities in accordance with Section 27-4301(d)(3).
    2. (2)
      Development Standards

      The development standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards and the Landscape Manual, shall apply to all development in each PD zone. Development standards (but not the Landscape Manual; modifications to the Landscape Manual may only be made pursuant to Alternative Compliance or a major departure) may be modified as indicated in Table 27-4301(d)(2): Modification of Development Standards, if consistent with the relevant Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, the purposes and requirements of the individual PD zone, and any other applicable requirements of this Ordinance. To the extent a standard in PART 27-6: Development Standards, conflicts with a standard in Section 27-4302, Residential Planned Development Zones; Section 27-4303, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development Zones; or Section 27-4304, Other Planned Development Zones, the standard in Section 27-4302, Section 27-4303, or Section 27-4304 shall apply.

  • Table 27-4301(d)(2): Modification of Development Standards
    StandardMeans of Modifying
    General Site Layout (PART 24-4: Subdivision Standards; Sec. 27-6200, Roadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation.)PD Basic Plan
    Roadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation (Sec. 27-6200)PD Basic Plan
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (including bicycle parking) (Sec. 27-6300)Alternative Parking Plan
    PD Basic Plan
    Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Modifications Prohibited
    Landscaping (Sec. 27-6500)Modifications Prohibited
    Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)PD Basic Plan
    Exterior Lighting Sec. 27-6700)PD Basic Plan
    Environmental Protection and Noise Controls (floodplain management, environmental features, stormwater, erosion and sedimentation, CBCAO protections, wetlands, noise) (Sec. 27-6800)Modifications Prohibited
    Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design (Sec. 27-6900)PD Basic Plan
    Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design (Sec. 27-61000)PD Basic Plan
    Industrial Form and Design (Sec. 27-61100)PD Basic Plan
    Neighborhood Compatibility (Sec. 27-61200)PD Basic Plan
    Agricultural Compatibility (Sec. 27-61300)Modifications Prohibited, if Compatibility Standards are Applicable
    Urban Agriculture Compatibility (Sec. 27-61400)Modifications Prohibited, if Compatibility Standards are Applicable
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)PD Basic Plan
    Green Building (Sec. 27-61600)Modifications Prohibited
    Table 27-4301(d)(2): Modification of Development Standards
    StandardMeans of Modifying
    General Site Layout (PART 24-4: Subdivision Standards; Sec. 27-6200, Roadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation.)PD Basic Plan
    Roadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation (Sec. 27-6200)PD Basic Plan
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (including bicycle parking) (Sec. 27-6300)Alternative Parking Plan
    PD Basic Plan
    Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Modifications Prohibited
    Landscaping (Sec. 27-6500)Modifications Prohibited
    Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)PD Basic Plan
    Exterior Lighting Sec. 27-6700)PD Basic Plan
    Environmental Protection and Noise Controls (floodplain management, environmental features, stormwater, erosion and sedimentation, CBCAO protections, wetlands, noise) (Sec. 27-6800)Modifications Prohibited
    Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design (Sec. 27-6900)PD Basic Plan
    Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design (Sec. 27-61000)PD Basic Plan
    Industrial Form and Design (Sec. 27-61100)PD Basic Plan
    Neighborhood Compatibility (Sec. 27-61200)PD Basic Plan
    Agricultural Compatibility (Sec. 27-61300)Modifications Prohibited, if Compatibility Standards are Applicable
    Urban Agriculture Compatibility (Sec. 27-61400)Modifications Prohibited, if Compatibility Standards are Applicable
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)PD Basic Plan
    Green Building (Sec. 27-61600)Modifications Prohibited
    1.  
      1. (3)
         Public Benefits
        1. (A)

          Public benefits are superior features in a Planned Development zone that benefit the surrounding neighborhood, or the public in general, to a significantly greater extent than would likely result from development of the site under a Base zone.

        2. (B)
          All public benefits shall meet the following criteria:
          1. (i)
            Benefits shall be tangible and quantifiable items;
          2. (ii)
            Benefits shall be measurable and able to be completed or arranged prior to issuance of the first certificate of use and occupancy;
          3. (iii)
            Benefits must primarily benefit the surrounding neighborhood or service a critical Countywide need; and
          4. (iv)
            Benefits must significantly exceed applicable standards in PART 27-6: Development Standards.
        3. (C)

          Public benefits may be exhibited in one or more of the following ways:

          1. (i)
            Urban design and architecture superior to the high baseline expectation set by this Ordinance, including but not limited to high-quality materials and embellishments on all facades of all buildings, unique and/or signature architectural forms, innovative urban design relationships and placemaking, and demonstrated commitment to superior quality;
          2. (ii)
            Superior landscaping;
          3. (iii)
            Creation and/or preservation of open spaces;
          4. (iv)
            Site planning demonstrating efficient and economical land utilization;
          5. (v)
            Commemorative works and/or provision of public art;
          6. (vi)
            Adaptive reuse of historic sites or resources;
          7. (vii)
            Provision of affordable housing options;
          8. (viii)
            Provision of employment and/or training opportunities;
          9. (ix)
            Incorporation of social services and facilities, including, but not limited to, space dedicated for child or adult day care facilities and/or elderly care facilities available to the general public;
          10. (x)
            Dedicated building space for uses to benefit the public, including, but not limited to, community educational or social development, promotion of the arts or similar programs, and/or business incubation;
          11. (xi)
            Sustainable and environmental benefits to the extent they exceed the standards otherwise required by the County Code, including, but not limited to:
            1. (aa)
              Stormwater runoff controls in excess of those required by Subtitle 32 of the County Code and any other County stormwater management regulation;
            2. (bb)
              Incorporation of environmental site design and other natural design techniques to store, infiltrate, evaporate, treat, and retain runoff in close proximity to where runoff is generated; and/or
            3. (cc)
              Gardens, urban farms, or other on-site food production through permanent and viable growing space and/or structures.
          12. (xii)
            Enhanced streetscape design and maintenance provisions;
          13. (xiii)
            Outdoor children’s play areas open to the general public and designed to provide safe, active recreation;
          14. (xiv)
            Multimodal transportation improvements, including, but not limited to, electric vehicle charging stations, the location and funding of bike share stations, commuter services (such as guaranteed ride home services or information on bicycle and car share programs), the construction and maintenance of buffered/separated bike lanes, provision of comprehensive wayfinding signage, provision and maintenance of bus shelters and smart signage, etc.; and
          15. (xv)
            Other public benefits and project amenities that substantially advance the policies, goals, and objectives of the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan, Sector Plan, or Functional Master Plans. 
      2. (4)
        PD Conditions of Approval
        1. (A)
          The PD Conditions of Approval shall include, but not be limited to:
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Conditions related to approval of the application for the PD zone classification;
          2. (ii)
            Conditions related to the approval of the PD Basic Plan, including any conditions related to the form and design of development shown in the PD Basic Plan;
          3. (iii)
            Provisions addressing how public facilities (transportation, potable water, wastewater, stormwater management, and other public facilities) will be provided to accommodate the proposed development, in accordance with any Certificate of Adequacy required under Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations. The provisions shall include but not be limited to:
            1. (aa)
              Recognition that the applicant/landowner will be responsible to design and construct or install required and proposed on-site and off-site public facilities in compliance with applicable municipal, County, State, and Federal regulations; and/or
            2. (bb)
              The responsibility of the applicant/landowner to dedicate to the public the rights-of-way and easements necessary for the construction or installation of required and proposed on-site public facilities in compliance with applicable municipal, County, State, and Federal regulations. 
          4. (iv)
            Provisions related to environmental protection and monitoring (e.g., restoration of mitigation measures, annual inspection reports);
          5. (v)
            Identification of community benefits and amenities that will be provided to compensate for the added development flexibility afforded by the PD zone;
          6. (vi)
            Identification of minor deviations not materially affecting the PD zone’s basic concept or the designated general use of the land within the zone, that may be approved by the Planning Director in accordance with Section 27-3602(b)(11)(G), Minor Deviations; and
          7. (vii)
            Any other provisions the District Council determines are relevant and necessary to the development of the planned development.
        1. (B)
          All Conditions of Approval shall be related in both type and amount to the anticipated impacts of the proposed development on the public and surrounding lands.
      3. (5)
        Development Phasing Plan

        If development in the PD zone is proposed to be phased, the PD Basic Plan shall include a development phasing plan that identifies the general sequence or phases in which the zone is proposed to be developed, including how residential and nonresidential development will be timed, how infrastructure (public and private), open space, and other amenities will be provided and timed, how development will be coordinated with the County’s capital improvement program, and how environmentally sensitive lands will be protected and monitored.

      4. (6)
        Conversion Schedule

        The PD Basic Plan may include a conversion schedule that identifies the extent and timing to which one type of use may be converted to another type of use.

    1. (e)
      Departures for PD Basic Plan

      Applicants or landowners may seek minor departures to an approved PD Basic Plan in accordance with the procedures and standards in Section 27-3614, Departure (Minor and Major). Major departures to an approved PD Basic Plan may not be sought or granted. Instead, applicants may amend the approved PD Basic Plan in accordance with the procedures and standards established for its original approval (See Section 27-3602, Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment).

     (CB-068-2022; CB-015-2024)

    27-4302. Residential Planned Development Zones

  • (a)
    Residential Planned Development (R-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential Planned Development (R-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide flexibility for the design of innovative, high-quality, planned residential communities that include a mix of residential use types along with a range of complementary and mutually supporting nonresidential land uses that serve the needs of the residents of the development;
    2. (B)
      To ensure and support the development of comprehensive pedestrian and bicycle circulation networks, which are separated from vehicular roadways and link residential, commercial, open space, and recreation areas;
    3. (C)
      To preserve and support well-integrated open spaces and recreation facilities for the use of the residents of the planned residential community;
    4. (D)
      To ensure that the planned residential community is developed in a manner that does not adversely impact the surrounding communities; and
    5. (E)
      To ensure the planned residential community respects the topographic and other environmental characteristics of the site on which it is located.
    Example of a residential planned developmentExample of a residential planned development
    Example of a residential planned developmentExample of a residential planned development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Residential Planned Development (R-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide flexibility for the design of innovative, high-quality, planned residential communities that include a mix of residential use types along with a range of complementary and mutually supporting nonresidential land uses that serve the needs of the residents of the development;
    2. (B)
      To ensure and support the development of comprehensive pedestrian and bicycle circulation networks, which are separated from vehicular roadways and link residential, commercial, open space, and recreation areas;
    3. (C)
      To preserve and support well-integrated open spaces and recreation facilities for the use of the residents of the planned residential community;
    4. (D)
      To ensure that the planned residential community is developed in a manner that does not adversely impact the surrounding communities; and
    5. (E)
      To ensure the planned residential community respects the topographic and other environmental characteristics of the site on which it is located.
    Example of a residential planned developmentExample of a residential planned development
    Example of a residential planned developmentExample of a residential planned development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards

    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual R-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the R-PD zone.

    1. (2)
      Use Standards

    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual R-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the R-PD zone.

    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards (1)
    Standard (1)
    Density, min. (du/net lot areas)All Uses 1.00
    Density, max. (du/net lot area)  To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Net lot area, min. (sf)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)

    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards (1)
    Standard (1)
    Density, min. (du/net lot areas)All Uses 1.00
    Density, max. (du/net lot area)  To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Net lot area, min. (sf)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)

    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum Area ThresholdThe minimum area for an R-PD zone is:
    • 20 gross acres if the proposed gross density is less than 5 units an acre
    • 10 gross acres if the gross density is 5 to 8 units an acre
    • 5 gross acres if the gross density is greater than 8 units an acre
    Location StandardsAn R-PD Zone shall only be approved if the property is located in a Residential base zone, the LMXC Zone, or the LCD Zone.
    Street AccessEach lot and attached unit in the development shall have direct access to a street.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum Area ThresholdThe minimum area for an R-PD zone is:
    • 20 gross acres if the proposed gross density is less than 5 units an acre
    • 10 gross acres if the gross density is 5 to 8 units an acre
    • 5 gross acres if the gross density is greater than 8 units an acre
    Location StandardsAn R-PD Zone shall only be approved if the property is located in a Residential base zone, the LMXC Zone, or the LCD Zone.
    Street AccessEach lot and attached unit in the development shall have direct access to a street.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-4303. Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development Zones

  • (a)
    Neighborhood Activity Center Planned Development (NAC-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
       Purposes

    The purposes of the Neighborhood Activity Center Planned Development (NAC-PD) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, lower- to moderate-density, mixed-use development that fosters economic development, reduces automobile dependency, supports walkable areas, and provides opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide use types and densities/intensities needed to support mixed-use and transit-supportive development (as appropriate);
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Neighborhood Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses, including commercial, personal services, office, and recreation, where appropriate to support residential uses and serve the needs of the surrounding neighborhood;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between development;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, and interactive environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive and attractive public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of neighborhood activity center planned development
    Example of neighborhood activity center planned development
    1. (1)
       Purposes

    The purposes of the Neighborhood Activity Center Planned Development (NAC-PD) Zone are:

    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, lower- to moderate-density, mixed-use development that fosters economic development, reduces automobile dependency, supports walkable areas, and provides opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide use types and densities/intensities needed to support mixed-use and transit-supportive development (as appropriate);
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Neighborhood Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses, including commercial, personal services, office, and recreation, where appropriate to support residential uses and serve the needs of the surrounding neighborhood;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between development;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, and interactive environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive and attractive public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of neighborhood activity center planned development
    Example of neighborhood activity center planned development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual NAC-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the NAC-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards (1)
    Standard (1)All Uses
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft)
    Density, min. (du/ net lot area) (2)10.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (3)0.25
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (2)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (3)
    Density, min. (du/net lot areas)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (4)(5)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min. (% of street-level façade area) (6)Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)

    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    4. (4)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot, constitutes the build-to zone.
    5. (5)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, or driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    6. (6)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards (1)
    Standard (1)All Uses
    Block length, min. | max. (ft)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft)
    Density, min. (du/ net lot area) (2)10.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (3)0.25
    Lot coverage, max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (2)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (3)
    Density, min. (du/net lot areas)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (4)(5)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min. (% of street-level façade area) (6)Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)

    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre

    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    4. (4)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot, constitutes the build-to zone.
    5. (5)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, or driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    6. (6)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location Standards

    An NAC-PD Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Neighborhood Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of residential and nonresidential uses to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is encouraged.

    Horizontal Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential

    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Parking
    • Along any street frontage, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40 and 50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks along street frontages shall be at least 10 feet wide and shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" that is at least 5 feet in width and unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar elements.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation system shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and any internal systems of adjoining lots, to the maximum extent practicable.
    Building Configuration
    • Public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • To the maximum extent practicable, buildings shall be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a fairly consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family detached or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage with a sidewalk, or a public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location Standards

    An NAC-PD Zone may only be located on lands within:

    • A Neighborhood Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of residential and nonresidential uses to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is encouraged.

    Horizontal Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential

    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Parking
    • Along any street frontage, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40 and 50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks along street frontages shall be at least 10 feet wide and shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" that is at least 5 feet in width and unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar elements.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation system shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and any internal systems of adjoining lots, to the maximum extent practicable.
    Building Configuration
    • Public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • To the maximum extent practicable, buildings shall be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a fairly consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family detached or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage with a sidewalk, or a public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (b)
      Town Activity Center Planned Development (TAC-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Town Activity Center Planned Development (TAC-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, moderate-intensity activity center development, that while encouraging and supporting mixed- use and pedestrian-friendliness, is more auto-oriented in character;
    2. (B)
      To provide the use types and densities/intensities that are needed to support mixed-use and activity center development;
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Town Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including commercial, residential, employment, recreational, and civic uses;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between the uses in the Core area, and to nearby areas;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, safe, interactive, and, in some locations, walkable environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive, attractive, and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.

     

     

     

     

     

    Example of town activity center planned development
    Example of town activity center planned development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Town Activity Center Planned Development (TAC-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, moderate-intensity activity center development, that while encouraging and supporting mixed- use and pedestrian-friendliness, is more auto-oriented in character;
    2. (B)
      To provide the use types and densities/intensities that are needed to support mixed-use and activity center development;
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Town Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including commercial, residential, employment, recreational, and civic uses;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between the uses in the Core area, and to nearby areas;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, safe, interactive, and, in some locations, walkable environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive, attractive, and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.

     

     

     

     

     

    Example of town activity center planned development
    Example of town activity center planned development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual TAC-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the TAC-PD Zone.
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual TAC-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the TAC-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)15.0010.00 (8)5.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)0.500.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)15.0010.00 (8)5.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)0.500.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities that use Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsA TAC-PD Zone may only be located on lands within a Town Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed and encouraged, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Blocks and AlleysThe Core area of the zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys. The Edge area should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, with a pedestrian "clear zone" for a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 6 feet wide along street frontages in the Edge area.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    ConnectivityIn the Core area, the internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development.
    Parking Location
    • In the Core area, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces, each visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • In the Edge area, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots, as appropriate.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsA TAC-PD Zone may only be located on lands within a Town Center as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed and encouraged, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Blocks and AlleysThe Core area of the zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys. The Edge area should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, with a pedestrian "clear zone" for a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 6 feet wide along street frontages in the Edge area.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    ConnectivityIn the Core area, the internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development.
    Parking Location
    • In the Core area, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces, each visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • In the Edge area, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots, as appropriate.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (c)
      Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development (LTO-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development (LTO-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, moderate-intensity, mixed-use, transit-accessible development that will foster economic development, reduce automobile dependency, support walkable areas, and provide opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide the "critical mass" of use types and densities/intensities needed to support mixed use, transit-accessible development;
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Local Transit Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including commercial, personal services, office, residential, and recreational;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between developments, and prioritize transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, interactive, and human-scale environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive and attractive public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of a Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development (LTO-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, moderate-intensity, mixed-use, transit-accessible development that will foster economic development, reduce automobile dependency, support walkable areas, and provide opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide the "critical mass" of use types and densities/intensities needed to support mixed use, transit-accessible development;
    3. (C)
      To encourage a live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Local Transit Centers;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including commercial, personal services, office, residential, and recreational;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between developments, and prioritize transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, interactive, and human-scale environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive and attractive public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of a Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Local Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual LTO-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the LTO-PD Zone.
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual LTO-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the LTO-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)10.0010.00 (8)10.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)0.500.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)10.0010.00 (8)10.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)0.500.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsAn LTO-PD Zone may only be located on lands designated:
    • Within a Local Transit Center on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area and encouraged in the Edge area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, with a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • Sidewalks shall be 6 feet in the Edge area.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar elements.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development, as well as to any nearby or adjacent transit station.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • In the Core area, buildings shall be configured in relation to the site and other buildings so that building walls frame and enclose at least two of the following:
      • The corners of street intersections or entry points into the development;
      • A "main street" pedestrian and/or vehicle access corridor within the development site;
      • Parking areas, public spaces, or other site amenities on at least three sides; or
      • A plaza, pocket park, square, outdoor dining area, or other outdoor gathering space for pedestrians.
    • In the Edge area, and where appropriate, buildings should be used to define the street edge. To this end, buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Parking
    • All proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage, or an adjoining transit station or public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas are bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsAn LTO-PD Zone may only be located on lands designated:
    • Within a Local Transit Center on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time;
    • The Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Along that portion of US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area and encouraged in the Edge area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, with a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • Sidewalks shall be 6 feet in the Edge area.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar elements.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development, as well as to any nearby or adjacent transit station.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • In the Core area, buildings shall be configured in relation to the site and other buildings so that building walls frame and enclose at least two of the following:
      • The corners of street intersections or entry points into the development;
      • A "main street" pedestrian and/or vehicle access corridor within the development site;
      • Parking areas, public spaces, or other site amenities on at least three sides; or
      • A plaza, pocket park, square, outdoor dining area, or other outdoor gathering space for pedestrians.
    • In the Edge area, and where appropriate, buildings should be used to define the street edge. To this end, buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Parking
    • All proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas.
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage, or an adjoining transit station or public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas are bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (d)
      Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development (RTO-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development (RTO-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, high-density, mixed-use, transit-accessible development that supports economic development, reduces automobile dependency, supports walkable areas, and provides opportunities for alternative modes of travel.
    2. (B)
      To capture the majority of the County’s future residential and employment growth and development;
    3. (C)
      To incorporate key elements of walkable and bikeable areas that is well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    4. (D)
      To provide the "critical mass" of use types and densities and intensities needed for intense, transit-supportive, mixed-use, transit-accessible development;
    5. (E)
      To encourage a dynamic live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Regional Transit Districts;
    6. (F)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including office, retail, personal services, entertainment, public and quasi-public, flex, medical, lodging, eating or drinking establishments, residential, and recreational;
    7. (G)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between developments, and prioritize transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    8. (H)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, socially-interactive environment;
    9. (I)
      To include distinctive and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    10. (J)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development (RTO-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To provide lands for the establishment of high-quality, vibrant, high-density, mixed-use, transit-accessible development that supports economic development, reduces automobile dependency, supports walkable areas, and provides opportunities for alternative modes of travel.
    2. (B)
      To capture the majority of the County’s future residential and employment growth and development;
    3. (C)
      To incorporate key elements of walkable and bikeable areas that is well-connected to a regional transportation network through a range of transit options;
    4. (D)
      To provide the "critical mass" of use types and densities and intensities needed for intense, transit-supportive, mixed-use, transit-accessible development;
    5. (E)
      To encourage a dynamic live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County’s Regional Transit Districts;
    6. (F)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary uses—including office, retail, personal services, entertainment, public and quasi-public, flex, medical, lodging, eating or drinking establishments, residential, and recreational;
    7. (G)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between developments, and prioritize transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    8. (H)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, socially-interactive environment;
    9. (I)
      To include distinctive and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone; and
    10. (J)
      To provide a range of housing options.
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    Example of a Regional Transit-Oriented Planned Development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual RTO-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the RTO-PD Zone.
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual RTO-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the RTO-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)30.0020.00 (8)20.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)1.000.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards    
    Standard (2)Core (1)Edge (1)
    All UsesNonresidential &
    Mixed-Use
    Residential
    Block length, min. | max. (ft.)To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (3)30.0020.00 (8)20.00
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. (4)1.000.25No requirement
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (3)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (4)
    Build-to line, min. | max. (ft.) (5)(6)
    Building width in build-to zone, min. (% of lot width) (7)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Building façade transparency, min.
    (% of street-level façade area)
    Abutting or facing a street frontage or pedestrian way
    Facing a transit station or public gathering space
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    NOTES: sf = square feet; ft = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      A Core area and an Edge area may have been designated by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan. Where a Core area is not designated, the PD Zone may not incorporate standards applicable to a Core area.
    2. (2)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    4. (4)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    5. (5)
      The area between the minimum and maximum build-to lines that extends the width of the lot constitutes the build-to zone.
    6. (6)
      The remaining build-to zone width may be occupied by outdoor gathering spaces, walkways, landscaped areas, stormwater management facilities using Environmental Site Design techniques, and driveways (subject to Section 27-6206(b)(1)).
    7. (7)
      Where existing buildings along a street frontage are all located behind the build-to zone, such buildings may not be extended to the rear or side unless they are first extended frontwards to comply with the maximum build-to line standard and the minimum building width in the build-to zone standard.
    8. (8)
      For the residential component of mixed-use development only.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsAn RTO-PD Zone may only be located on lands:
    • Within a Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Within that portion of the Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, located within that portion of the City of College Park between the Capital Beltway/I-95, south to the city's southern boundary.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area and encouraged in the Edge area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multi-story).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 15 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, and at least 10 feet wide in the Edge area.
    • Sidewalks shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar features.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development, as well as to any nearby or adjacent transit station.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, public and quasi-public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • In the Core area, buildings shall be configured in relation to the site and other buildings so that building walls frame and enclose at least two of the following:
      • The corners of street intersections or entry points into the development;
      • A "main street" pedestrian and/or vehicle access corridor within the development site;
      • Parking areas, public spaces, or other site amenities on at least three sides; or
      • A plaza, pocket park, square, outdoor dining area, or other outdoor gathering space for pedestrians.
    • In the Edge area, and where appropriate, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a consistent, setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Parking
    • All proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage or pedestrian way, or an adjoining transit station or public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Location StandardsAn RTO-PD Zone may only be located on lands:
    • Within a Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time; or
    • Within that portion of the Innovation Corridor as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, located within that portion of the City of College Park between the Capital Beltway/I-95, south to the city's southern boundary.
    Use MixingThe zone should be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged in the Core area and encouraged in the Edge area.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential
    and Nonresidential
    The horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multi-story).
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone shall be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 15 feet wide along street frontages in the Core area, and at least 10 feet wide in the Edge area.
    • Sidewalks shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 feet that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    • Where a sidewalk, greenway path, or other walkway crosses a street, driveway, or drive aisle, the crossing shall be clearly marked with a change in paving material, color, or height, decorative bollards, or similar features.
    ConnectivityThe internal vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to allow vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian cross-access between the internal system and adjoining lots and development, as well as to any nearby or adjacent transit station.
    Building Configuration
    • In the Core area, public and quasi-public buildings and uses, including government facilities, cultural facilities, religious institutions, assembly uses, and schools, should serve as focal points and landmarks for the zone and are encouraged to be located on prominent sites.
    • In the Core area, buildings shall be configured in relation to the site and other buildings so that building walls frame and enclose at least two of the following:
      • The corners of street intersections or entry points into the development;
      • A "main street" pedestrian and/or vehicle access corridor within the development site;
      • Parking areas, public spaces, or other site amenities on at least three sides; or
      • A plaza, pocket park, square, outdoor dining area, or other outdoor gathering space for pedestrians.
    • In the Edge area, and where appropriate, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. To this end, buildings should have a consistent, setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Parking
    • All proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s) or in a parking structure.
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain fewer spaces each and are visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas
    TransparencyWhere the façade of a principal building other than a single-family or two-family dwelling abuts or faces a street frontage or pedestrian way, or an adjoining transit station or public gathering space, a percentage of the street–level façade area shall be comprised of transparent window or door openings to allow views of interior spaces and merchandise so as to enhance safety and create a more inviting environment for pedestrians.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-4304. Other Planned Development Zones

  • (a)
    Mixed-Use Planned Development (MU-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Mixed-Use Planned Development (MU-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, mixed-use development that will foster economic development, reduce automobile dependency, support walkable and bikeable areas, and provide opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide the mix of uses and densities/intensities needed to support mixed-use development;
    3. (C)
      To accommodate and promote compact, pedestrian-friendly, mixed-use development that encourages a dynamic live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary high-activity uses—including supportive commercial, residential, civic, recreation, and employment uses;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between the uses, and prioritizes transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, and socially-interactive environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive, attractive, and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone;
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options;
    9. (I)
      To permit a flexible response to the market and promotes economic vitality;
    10. (J)
      To encourage innovation in the planning and design of new and infill development; and
    11. (K)
      To implement County policies, as specified in approved Area Master Plans and Sector Plans, for mixed-use development at appropriate locations to meet community needs.
    Example of a Mixed-Use Planned Development
    Example of a Mixed-Use Planned Development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Mixed-Use Planned Development (MU-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of high-quality, mixed-use development that will foster economic development, reduce automobile dependency, support walkable and bikeable areas, and provide opportunities for alternative modes of travel;
    2. (B)
      To provide the mix of uses and densities/intensities needed to support mixed-use development;
    3. (C)
      To accommodate and promote compact, pedestrian-friendly, mixed-use development that encourages a dynamic live, work, shop, and play environment that serves as an economic driver for the County;
    4. (D)
      To include a well-integrated mix of complementary high-activity uses—including supportive commercial, residential, civic, recreation, and employment uses;
    5. (E)
      To provide multiple, direct, and safe vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian connections between the uses, and prioritizes transit, pedestrian, and bicyclist access;
    6. (F)
      To incorporate buildings, open spaces, and other site features that are arranged and designed to create an inviting, walkable, safe, and socially-interactive environment;
    7. (G)
      To include distinctive, attractive, and engaging public spaces that help create an identity and sense of place for the zone;
    8. (H)
      To provide a range of housing options;
    9. (I)
      To permit a flexible response to the market and promotes economic vitality;
    10. (J)
      To encourage innovation in the planning and design of new and infill development; and
    11. (K)
      To implement County policies, as specified in approved Area Master Plans and Sector Plans, for mixed-use development at appropriate locations to meet community needs.
    Example of a Mixed-Use Planned Development
    Example of a Mixed-Use Planned Development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual MU-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the MU-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1) All Uses
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.) To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot width, min. (ft)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (2) 6.00
    Density, max. (net lot area) (2)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (3)
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1) All Uses
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.) To be established in PD Basic Plan and PD Conditions of Approval (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot width, min. (ft)
    Density, min. (du/net lot area) (2) 6.00
    Density, max. (net lot area) (2)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Floor area ratio (FAR), max. (3)
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal and accessory structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum and Maximum Area Thresholds
    • The minimum area for an MU-PD Zone is 2 gross acres, unless the District Council finds a proposed zone of less than 2 gross acres is consistent with and achieves the purposes of the MU-PD Zone.
    • The maximum area for an MU-PD Zone is 40 gross acres inside the Capital Beltway.
    • The maximum area for an MU-PD Zone is 30 gross acres outside the Capital Beltway.
    Location StandardsAn MU-PD Zone may not be located within (1) any Rural and Agricultural base zone, (2) any Residential base zone, or (3) land classified within a Neighborhood Center, a Town Center, a Local Transit Center, or a Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
    Use MixingThe zone may be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone. In addition, provision of a variety of housing options shall occur in the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential and NonresidentialThe horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory), and no building shall have a footprint that exceeds 50,000 sf.
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Parking Location
    • Along any street frontage with a sidewalk, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s), or in a parking structure.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages, but may be increased in width as part of the approval of the PD Basic Plan and zone.
    • Sidewalks shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 ft that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    Building Configuration
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain 50 or fewer spaces, each visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales
    • To the maximum extent practicable, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. Buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum and Maximum Area Thresholds
    • The minimum area for an MU-PD Zone is 2 gross acres, unless the District Council finds a proposed zone of less than 2 gross acres is consistent with and achieves the purposes of the MU-PD Zone.
    • The maximum area for an MU-PD Zone is 40 gross acres inside the Capital Beltway.
    • The maximum area for an MU-PD Zone is 30 gross acres outside the Capital Beltway.
    Location StandardsAn MU-PD Zone may not be located within (1) any Rural and Agricultural base zone, (2) any Residential base zone, or (3) land classified within a Neighborhood Center, a Town Center, a Local Transit Center, or a Regional Transit District as designated on the Growth Policy Map in the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
    Use MixingThe zone may be designed to provide a mix of uses. The integration of residential and nonresidential uses is strongly encouraged to allow residents to meet more of their daily needs within the zone. In addition, provision of a variety of housing options shall occur in the zone.
    Vertical Mixing of Residential and Nonresidential UsesThe vertical mixing of residential uses with nonresidential uses within a single project or building, with residential development on upper floors, is strongly encouraged.
    Horizontal Mixing of Residential and NonresidentialThe horizontal mixing of stand-alone residential developments and adjacent stand-alone nonresidential or mixed-use developments in the zone is allowed, provided the developments are well-integrated in terms of complementary uses, access and circulation, and compatible design.
    Shopping CentersShopping centers shall be a minimum of two stories (multistory), and no building shall have a footprint that exceeds 50,000 sf.
    Blocks and AlleysThe zone should be laid out in blocks, streets, and alleys, to the maximum extent practicable.
    StreetsStreets shall be organized according to a hierarchy based on function, capacity, and design speed. They should terminate at other streets within the development and connect to existing and projected through streets outside the development. Street stubs should be provided to adjacent open land to provide for future connections. Gated streets are prohibited.
    Parking Location
    • Along any street frontage with a sidewalk, all proposed new or additional off-street surface vehicle parking shall be located to the rear or side of the development’s principal building(s), or in a parking structure.
    • All vehicle parking lots and structures shall provide clearly identified pedestrian routes between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas
    Private Sidewalks and Private Street Trees
    • Sidewalks shall be located on both sides of every street, with a planting strip between the curb and the sidewalk, as established in the PD Basic Plan. Street trees shall be spaced between 40-50 feet on center.
    • Sidewalks shall be at least 10 feet wide along street frontages, but may be increased in width as part of the approval of the PD Basic Plan and zone.
    • Sidewalks shall maintain a pedestrian "clear zone" a minimum width of 5 ft that is unobstructed by any permanent or nonpermanent object.
    • At least one walkway from an adjacent sidewalk shall be provided to each pedestrian entrance.
    Building Configuration
    • Surface parking lots with more than 100 parking spaces shall be organized into smaller modules that contain 50 or fewer spaces, each visually separated by buildings or landscaped swales
    • To the maximum extent practicable, buildings should be used to define the street edge and the distinction between the public domain of the street and the private space of individual lots. Buildings should have a consistent setback alignment along the street frontage.
    • Buildings should be designed with a common architectural scheme and landscaping to support that identity. The intent should not be to create a uniform appearance, but rather a distinct sense of place.
    Open Space DesignOpen space should be designed in a hierarchy of formal and informal spaces and used to enhance activity and identity. Formal open spaces consist of squares, greens, common areas, or other park-like settings where people may gather. Such areas should be bounded by streets and/or buildings. Informal open spaces are encouraged to be located throughout the zone, and take the form of walking paths, greenways, parks, passive recreation areas, and natural areas.
    1. (b)
      Industrial/Employment Planned Development (IE-PD) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Industrial/Employment Planned Development (IE-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of a mix of high-quality, primarily non-retail employment uses that will foster economic growth and development;
    2. (B)
      To provide use types and intensities and densities needed to support such development, along with the necessary support facilities;
    3. (C)
      To allow and encourage limited residential and mixed-use development to reduce automobile dependency and support walkable areas; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development of building forms that can be easily altered as the range of tenants and regional market for employment-related development evolves over time.
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    1. (1)
      Purposes
    The purposes of the Industrial/Employment Planned Development (IE-PD) Zone are:
    1. (A)
      To accommodate and promote the establishment of a mix of high-quality, primarily non-retail employment uses that will foster economic growth and development;
    2. (B)
      To provide use types and intensities and densities needed to support such development, along with the necessary support facilities;
    3. (C)
      To allow and encourage limited residential and mixed-use development to reduce automobile dependency and support walkable areas; and
    4. (D)
      To encourage development of building forms that can be easily altered as the range of tenants and regional market for employment-related development evolves over time.
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    Example of an Industrial/Employment Planned Development
    1. (2)
      Use Standards
    The specific principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed in an individual IE-PD Zone shall be established in the PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d), General Standards for All Planned Development Zones). Uses shall be consistent with the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and the purposes of the IE-PD Zone.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1) All Uses
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (2) 12.00 
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (3)
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    1. (3)
      Intensity and Dimensional Standards
    Standard (1) All Uses
    Density, max. (du/net lot area) (2) 12.00 
    Lot area, min. | max. (sf.)To be established in PD Basic Plan (see Section 27-4301(d))
    Lot width, min. (ft.)
    Floor area ratio (FAR), min. | max. (3)
    Lot coverage, min. | max. (% of net lot area)
    Front yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Side yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Rear yard depth, min. (ft.)
    Principal structure height, max. (ft.)
    Notes: sf = square feet; ft. = feet; du = dwelling unit; ac = acre
    1. (1)
      See measurement rules and allowed exceptions in Section 27-2200, Measurement and Exceptions of Intensity and Dimensional Standards.
    2. (2)
      Applicable to residential development and the residential component of mixed-use development.
    3. (3)
      Applicable to nonresidential development.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum Area ThresholdThe minimum area for an IE-PD Zone is 5 gross acres, unless the District Council finds a proposed zone of less than 5 gross acres is consistent with and achieves the purposes of the IE-PD Zone.
    Location StandardsAn IE-PD Zone may only be located on lands designated within: (1) the Employment Areas on the Growth Policy Map of the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, (2) the Industrial/Employment (IE) Zone, or (3) the Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone.
    Street AccessEach lot and attached unit in the development shall have safe and adequate access to a public street.
    1. (4)
      Other Standards
    Minimum Area ThresholdThe minimum area for an IE-PD Zone is 5 gross acres, unless the District Council finds a proposed zone of less than 5 gross acres is consistent with and achieves the purposes of the IE-PD Zone.
    Location StandardsAn IE-PD Zone may only be located on lands designated within: (1) the Employment Areas on the Growth Policy Map of the General Plan or the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, as may be amended from time to time, (2) the Industrial/Employment (IE) Zone, or (3) the Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone.
    Street AccessEach lot and attached unit in the development shall have safe and adequate access to a public street.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-4401. General

  • (a)
    General Purpose of Overlay Zones

    Overlay zones are superimposed over portions of one or more underlying base zones with the intent of supplementing generally applicable development regulations with additional development regulations that address special area-specific conditions, features, or plans while maintaining the character and purposes of the underlying zones. Some overlay zones include standards that modify or supersede standards applied by the underlying base zone (as indicated in the use tables and use-specific standards in PART 27-5: Use Regulations); otherwise the uses allowed or prohibited in overlay zones are the same as allowed or prohibited in the underlying zone.

  • (b)
    Classification of Overlay Zones

    Land shall be classified or reclassified into an overlay zone only in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 27-3503, Sectional Map Amendment (SMA), Section 27-3601, Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA), or Section 27-3603, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay (CBCAO) Zoning Map Amendment, this Section, and State law.

  • 27-4402. Policy Area Overlay Zones

  • (a)
    Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay (CBCAO) Zones
    1. (1)
      Purposes of CBCAO Zones
      1. (A)
        Resource Conservation Overlay (RCO) Zone

      The purpose of the RCO Zone is to:

      1.  
        1. (i)
          Provide adequate breeding, feeding, and wintering habitats for wildlife populations that require natural coastal environments along the tributaries of the Chesapeake Bay to sustain their populations;
        2. (ii)
          Conserve, protect, and enhance the overall ecological values of the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone, and its biological productivity and diversity;
        3. (iii)
          Protect the land and water resource base necessary to support resource-oriented land uses such as agriculture, timber harvesting, or fisheries activities; and
        4. (iv)
          Conserve existing woodlands and forests for the water-quality benefits they provide.
      1. (B)
        Limited Development Overlay (LDO) Zone

      The purpose of the LDO Zone is to:

      1.  
        1. (i)
          Maintain and, if possible, improve the quality of runoff and groundwater entering the tributaries of the Chesapeake Bay;
        2. (ii)
          Maintain existing areas of natural habitat; and
        3. (iii)
          Accommodate additional low- or moderate-intensity development in accordance with the Conservation Manual.
      1. (C)
        Intense Development Overlay (IDO) Zone

      The purpose of the IDO Zone is to:

      1.  
        1. (i)
          Accommodate existing residential, commercial, or industrial development;
        2. (ii)
          Promote new residential, commercial, and industrial development in accordance with the modified standards for the IDO Zone and the Conservation Manual;
        3. (iii)
          Conserve and enhance fish, wildlife, and plant habitats; and
        4. (iv)
          Improve the quality of runoff that enters the tributary streams of the Chesapeake Bay from development in the zone.
    2. (2)
      Applicability of CBCAO Zone Regulations
      1. (A)
        General
      1.  
        1. (i)
          All development in the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zones shall comply with the provisions of this Section 27-4402(a); Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area; Subtitle 24, Subdivision Regulations; and the Conservation Manual. Where the requirements of Subtitle 5B are more stringent than the requirements of this Subsection and other relevant requirements, the requirements of Subtitle 5B shall control.
        2. (ii)
          Property located within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zones are:
          1. (aa)
            Subject to the Tree Canopy Ordinance, Subtitle 25, Division 3 of the County Code; and
          2. (bb)
            Not subject to the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance, Subtitle 25, Division 2 of the County Code.
      1. (B)
        Grandfathering
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 27-4402(a), all buildable lots (except outlots and outparcels) in a subdivision recorded prior to December 1, 1985 shall remain as buildable lots, regardless of lot area, if:
          1. (aa)
            The proposed development will minimize adverse impacts on water quality that result from pollutants that are discharged from structures or conveyances or that have runoff from surrounding lands;
          2. (bb)
            The applicant has identified fish, wildlife, and plant habitat that may be adversely affected by the proposed development and has designed the development to protect those identified habitats whose loss would substantially diminish the continued ability of populations of affected species to sustain themselves; and
          3. (cc)
            The lot area, frontage, and vehicular access comply with the requirements of the underlying base zone.
        2. (ii)
          Notwithstanding the modified or additional density, impervious surface, and steep slope standards in Section 27-4402(a)(3) below, a legally established parcel of land recorded on or before December 1, 1985 that is not part of a recorded or approved subdivision may be developed with a single-family detached dwelling if:
          1. (aa)
            The proposed development will minimize adverse impacts on water quality that result from pollutants that are discharged from structures or conveyances or that have runoff from surrounding lands; and
          2. (bb)
            The applicant has identified fish, wildlife, and plant habitat which may be adversely affected by the proposed development and has designed the development to protect those identified habitats whose loss would substantially diminish the continued ability of populations of affected species to sustain themselves.
        3. (iii)
          All lots grandfathered by this Section 27-4402(a)(2)(B) shall be brought into conformance with the relevant requirements of Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, to the reasonable extent practical, at the time of development.
        4. (iv)
          The lot area, frontage, and vehicular access for lots grandfathered by this Section 27-4402(a)(2)(B) shall conform to the requirements of the underlying base zone.
        5. (v)
          Development of lots grandfathered by this Section 27-4402(a)(2)(B) shall not count towards the growth allocation of the applicable individual Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone as set down in Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area.
        6. (vi)
          Nothing in this Section 27-4402(a)(2)(B) may be interpreted as altering any requirements for development activities set out in the Water-Dependent Facilities Section or the Habitat Protection Areas Section of Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area.
        7. (vii)
          All properties affected by the 2014 Critical Area Overlay Zone Sectional Map Amendment shall be grandfathered with respect to all legally existing buildings and impervious surface as of January 1, 2015.
        8. (viii)
          For properties within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, the following shall apply:
          1. (aa)
            A lot or parcel legally developed as of July 1, 2008, shall not be considered nonconforming for purposes of Critical Area lot coverage.
          2. (bb)
            For the purpose of increasing Critical Area lot coverage on a lot or parcel under subparagraph (1) above, the Critical Area impervious surface limitations of Section 27-4402(a)(4), Modified Intensity and Development Standards for CBCAO Zones, shall not be construed to apply to a development activity for which an approved Conservation Plan or staff-level review was obtained and:
            1. (I)
              A building permit was issued before July 1, 2008; and
            2. (II)
              Construction was initiated and an inspection was performed before July 1, 2009.
      1. (C)
        Review for Compliance with CBCAO Zone Requirements
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Review for compliance with the requirements of this Section 27-4402(a) (including its requirements for compliance with Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, and the Conservation Manual) shall occur through review and approval of a conservation plan and conservation agreement that are submitted as part of an application for subdivision approval (see Subtitle 24, Subdivision Regulations) or if subdivision approval is not required, an application for a Grading Permit (see Section 27-3610) or Building Permit (see Section 27-3611), whichever is submitted and reviewed first.
        2. (ii)
          Land disturbance or other development not subject to subdivision approval, a Grading Permit, or a Building Permit does not require approval of a conservation plan or conservation agreement, but shall comply with the requirements of this Subsection (including its requirements for compliance with Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, and the Conservation Manual).
        3. (iii)
          An approved conservation plan and conservation agreement shall be recorded among the Land Records of Prince George's County before approval of a Final Plat for the subdivision or issuance of a Grading Permit or Building Permit, as applicable.
    3. (3)
      Modified Use Standards for CBCAO Zones

      For the purposes of meeting the requirements of Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, of the County Code, irrespective of the use standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in a Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone shall be subject to modified or additional use standards listed in the use tables and use-specific standards set forth in PART 27-5: Use Regulations, as applicable to the particular Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone.

    4. (4)
      Modified Intensity and Development Standards for CBCAO Zones

      For the purposes of meeting the requirements of Subtitle 5B of the County Code, irrespective of the standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zones shall be subject to the modified or additional intensity and development standards in the following Table 27-4402(a)(4), Modified Intensity and Development Standards for CBCAO Zones, for the particular Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone.

  • Table 27-4402(a)(4), Modified Intensity and Development Standards for CBCAO Zones
    StandardResource Conservation Overlay (RCO) ZoneLimited Development Overlay (LDO) ZoneIntense Development Overlay (IDO) Zone
    Density, max.1 du/20 ac net lot area (1)4 du/ac of net lot area (2)Same as in underlying base zone
    Impervious surface coverage, max. (% of net lot area)15 (3)15 (3)
    Development on steep slopesNo development on slopes greater than 15% (4)No development on slopes greater than 15% (4)No requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      In this table, "du" = dwelling units and "ac" = acres. Net lot area may include private wetlands (as determined by an approved wetlands study) if the density on the upland portion of the parcel does not exceed one dwelling unit per eight net acres.
    2. (2)
      Or the maximum density standard applicable in the underlying base zone, if less.
    3. (3)
      May be increased to 25% if:
      • The lot is ½ acre or less in area; or
      • The lot is 1 acre or less in area and part of a preliminary plat of subdivision approved after December 1, 1985, and the impervious area of the entire subdivision does not exceed 15 percent.
      •  
    4. (4)
      Unless otherwise expressly allowed in Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, of the County Code.
    Table 27-4402(a)(4), Modified Intensity and Development Standards for CBCAO Zones
    StandardResource Conservation Overlay (RCO) ZoneLimited Development Overlay (LDO) ZoneIntense Development Overlay (IDO) Zone
    Density, max.1 du/20 ac net lot area (1)4 du/ac of net lot area (2)Same as in underlying base zone
    Impervious surface coverage, max. (% of net lot area)15 (3)15 (3)
    Development on steep slopesNo development on slopes greater than 15% (4)No development on slopes greater than 15% (4)No requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      In this table, "du" = dwelling units and "ac" = acres. Net lot area may include private wetlands (as determined by an approved wetlands study) if the density on the upland portion of the parcel does not exceed one dwelling unit per eight net acres.
    2. (2)
      Or the maximum density standard applicable in the underlying base zone, if less.
    3. (3)
      May be increased to 25% if:
      • The lot is ½ acre or less in area; or
      • The lot is 1 acre or less in area and part of a preliminary plat of subdivision approved after December 1, 1985, and the impervious area of the entire subdivision does not exceed 15 percent.
      •  
    4. (4)
      Unless otherwise expressly allowed in Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, of the County Code.
    1. (b)
      Aviation Policy Area Overlay (APAO) Zones
      1. (1)
        Purposes of APAO Zones

        The purpose of the Aviation Policy Area Overlay (APAO) Zones is to establish standards of safety and compatibility for the occupants of land in the immediate vicinity of airports with traffic patterns over land in Prince George’s County. Such standards are intended to provide use, intensity, dimensional, and development standards that supplement or supersede other Ordinance regulations that might otherwise apply around the airports, as long as the airport is active and licensed for public use by the Maryland Aviation Administration (MAA). These Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zones and associated regulations benefit existing airport-area residents, future residents, nearby businesses, pilots, and airport operators by:

        1. (A)
          Encouraging compatible land use around airports;
        2. (B)
          Mitigating nuisances and hazards associated with airport operations;
        3. (C)
          Protecting people and structures in critical areas surrounding airports;
        4. (D)
          Ensuring the protection of airspace around airports, in accordance with the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 77, Surfaces;
        5. (E)
          Allowing landowners around airports reasonable use of their land;
        6. (F)
          Disclosing the location of airports to prospective purchasers of land within an Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zone; and
        7. (G)
          Providing landowners with flexibility to meet these regulations.
      2. (2)
        Delineation of APAO Zones

        The area encompassed by the various Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zones, as shown as inset maps to the Zoning Map, shall be defined in accordance with the descriptions in the following Table 27-4402(b)(2):

    Table 27-4402(b)(2): Delineation of APAO Zones
    APA-1 (Runway Protection) Zone
    A trapezoidal area extending outward from the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on the extended centerline of the runway, starting 200 feet beyond the end of the runway and extending another 1,000 feet along the extended centerline. Its width extends 125 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline at the start and 225 feet to each side of the extended centerline at the zone’s farthest point from the runway. There is a APA-1 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately eight acres, for a total area of approximately 16 acres for the runway.
    APA-2 (Inner Safety) Zone
    A rectangular area extending outward from the end of the APA-1 Zone at the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on and parallel to the extended centerline of the airport runway, extending a distance of 1,500 feet beyond the APA-1 Zone and 225 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline. There is an APA-2 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 16 acres, for a total area of approximately 32 acres for the runway. (The dimensions for APA-2 Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    APA-3S (Small Airport Inner Turning Area) Zone
    A rectangular area on each side of the APA-1 and APA-2 Zones at the ends of the runway at small airports (as defined in Section 27-2500, Definitions). The outer boundary of each APA-3S Zone is defined by the extension of the boundary of the APA-5 Zone (which run 500 feet on either side of, and parallel to, the runway centerline) for a distance of 2,700 feet beyond the end of the runway. There is an APA-3S Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 17 acres, for a total area of approximately 34 acres for the runway.
    APA-3M (Medium Airport Inner Turning Area) Zone
    A pie-shaped area, exclusive of the APA-1 and APA-2 Zones, at the ends of the runway at medium airports (as defined in Section 27-2500, Definitions). A 90 degree angle forms the zone’s boundary closest to each end of the airport runway. The zone extends outward at 45 degrees on each side of the extended centerline of the runway to form a sector with an arc radius length of 2,500 feet. There is an APA-3M Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 90 acres, for a total area of approximately 180 acres for the runway. (The dimensions and total acreage for APA-3M Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    APA-4 (Outer Safety Area) Zone
    A rectangular area extending outward from the end of the APA-2 Zone at the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on and parallel to the extended centerline of the airport runway, extending a distance of 2,500 feet beyond the APA-2 Zone and 225 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline. There is an APA-4 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 26 acres, for a total area of approximately 52 acres for the runway.
    APA-5 (Sideline Safety Area) Zone
    Defined by two lines on either side of, parallel to, and 500 feet from the centerline of the airport runway, between the APA-3 Zones at each end of the runway. Due to varying runway lengths, the acreage of each APA-5 Zone differs at each airport, ranging from 73 to 90 acres.
    APA-6 (Traffic Pattern Area) Zone
    An oblong area with rounded ends, extending 5,000 feet from each point along the centerline of the airport runway—excluding areas within APA-1 through APA-5 Zones. (The dimensions and total acreage for APA-6 Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    Table 27-4402(b)(2): Delineation of APAO Zones
    APA-1 (Runway Protection) Zone
    A trapezoidal area extending outward from the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on the extended centerline of the runway, starting 200 feet beyond the end of the runway and extending another 1,000 feet along the extended centerline. Its width extends 125 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline at the start and 225 feet to each side of the extended centerline at the zone’s farthest point from the runway. There is a APA-1 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately eight acres, for a total area of approximately 16 acres for the runway.
    APA-2 (Inner Safety) Zone
    A rectangular area extending outward from the end of the APA-1 Zone at the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on and parallel to the extended centerline of the airport runway, extending a distance of 1,500 feet beyond the APA-1 Zone and 225 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline. There is an APA-2 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 16 acres, for a total area of approximately 32 acres for the runway. (The dimensions for APA-2 Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    APA-3S (Small Airport Inner Turning Area) Zone
    A rectangular area on each side of the APA-1 and APA-2 Zones at the ends of the runway at small airports (as defined in Section 27-2500, Definitions). The outer boundary of each APA-3S Zone is defined by the extension of the boundary of the APA-5 Zone (which run 500 feet on either side of, and parallel to, the runway centerline) for a distance of 2,700 feet beyond the end of the runway. There is an APA-3S Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 17 acres, for a total area of approximately 34 acres for the runway.
    APA-3M (Medium Airport Inner Turning Area) Zone
    A pie-shaped area, exclusive of the APA-1 and APA-2 Zones, at the ends of the runway at medium airports (as defined in Section 27-2500, Definitions). A 90 degree angle forms the zone’s boundary closest to each end of the airport runway. The zone extends outward at 45 degrees on each side of the extended centerline of the runway to form a sector with an arc radius length of 2,500 feet. There is an APA-3M Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 90 acres, for a total area of approximately 180 acres for the runway. (The dimensions and total acreage for APA-3M Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    APA-4 (Outer Safety Area) Zone
    A rectangular area extending outward from the end of the APA-2 Zone at the ends of the airport runway. The zone is centered on and parallel to the extended centerline of the airport runway, extending a distance of 2,500 feet beyond the APA-2 Zone and 225 feet to each side of the extended runway centerline. There is an APA-4 Zone at each end of the runway comprising approximately 26 acres, for a total area of approximately 52 acres for the runway.
    APA-5 (Sideline Safety Area) Zone
    Defined by two lines on either side of, parallel to, and 500 feet from the centerline of the airport runway, between the APA-3 Zones at each end of the runway. Due to varying runway lengths, the acreage of each APA-5 Zone differs at each airport, ranging from 73 to 90 acres.
    APA-6 (Traffic Pattern Area) Zone
    An oblong area with rounded ends, extending 5,000 feet from each point along the centerline of the airport runway—excluding areas within APA-1 through APA-5 Zones. (The dimensions and total acreage for APA-6 Zones at the Freeway Airport are different due to permanent restrictions on the airport traffic pattern caused by the PEPCO 500 kv electric transmission lines west of the airport.)
    1.  
      1. (3)
        Applicability of APAO Zone Regulations
        1. (A)
          General

        Unless exempted in accordance with Section 27-4402(b)(3)(B) below, all development in the Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zones shall comply with the provisions of this Section 27-4402(b). If the standards and requirements of this Subsection conflict with the regulations in an underlying base zone, the regulations in this Subsection shall control.

        1. (B)
          Exemption

        Development in existence on September 1, 2002, shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section 27-4402(b), and shall not be considered nonconforming—provided that any changes of use or structural changes shall comply with all regulations of this Subsection.

        1. (C)
          Review for Compliance with APAO Zone Requirements
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Prior to issuance of a building permit in any of the APA-1, APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 zones, all new development and all existing development with a proposed increase in floor area greater than 1,000 square feet shall be reviewed for compliance with the requirements of this Section 27-4402(b) in accordance with Subsection (ii) below.
          2. (ii)
            For land within the APA-1, APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 Zones, and except as otherwise provided in Section 27-4402(b)(3)(C)(v) below, review for compliance with the requirements of this Section 27-4402(b) shall occur as part of the review and approval of an application for a Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA), special exception, or detailed site plan, as applicable.
          3. (iii)
            For land within the APA-1, APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 Zones, an application reviewed for compliance with the requirements of this Subsection shall include a site plan that clearly identifies the height of all proposed structures and natural vegetation and delineates their location as measured from the closest runway end.
          4. (iv)
            For land within the APA-4, APA-5, and APA-6 Zones, an application reviewed for compliance with the requirements of this Subsection shall demonstrate compliance with the height restrictions in this Subsection.
          5. (v)
            Existing restrictions on aircraft operations at individual airports and the ability to impose and enforce new restrictions on the operation of aircraft may be taken into account in the review of development applications in any areas subject to the requirements of this Subsection.
      2. (4)
        Modified Use Standards for APAO Zones

        Irrespective of the use standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zones shall be subject to the modified or additional use standards listed in the use tables and use-specific standards set forth in PART 27-5: Use Regulations, as applicable to the particular Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zone.

      3. (5)
        Modified Intensity and Development Standards for APAO Zones

        Irrespective of the standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in Aviation Policy Area Overlay Zones shall be subject to the following modified or additional performance, intensity, and development standards.

        1. (A)
          General Performance Standards
        1.  
          1. (i)
            In all APAO Zones, development shall, to the greatest extent possible, not:
            1. (aa)
              Cause electrical interference with navigational signals or radio communications at the airport or with radio or electronic communications between the airport and aircraft;
            2. (bb)
              Emit fly ash, dust, vapor, gases, or particulate matter that may conflict with operation of the airport;
            3. (cc)
              Foster a substantial increase in bird population;
            4. (dd)
              Make it difficult for pilots to distinguish between airport lights and other lights, or impair pilot or ground operator visibility in the vicinity of an airport; or
            5. (ee)
              Otherwise endanger the landing, taking off, or maneuvering of aircraft
          2. (ii)
            In the APA-1 and APA-2 Zones, above-ground storage of flammable materials or other hazardous substances is prohibited.
        1. (B)
          Density and Floor Area
        1.  
          1. (i)
            In the APA-3S and APA-3M Zones, the overall density of residential development shall not exceed 0.5 dwelling units per acre in an APA0 Zone mitigation subdivision approved in accordance with Section 27-4402(b)(8), APAO Zone Mitigation Residential Subdivisions, or 0.2 dwelling units per acre for any other development.
          2. (ii)
            In the APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 Zones, development on a lot shall not exceed a floor area ratio (FAR) of 0.25.
          3. (iii)
            Irrespective of the above density and floor area limits, one dwelling unit may be located on any lot in the APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 Zones that was recorded before March 1, 2001.
        1. (C)
          Height
        1.  
          1. (i)
            In all APAO Zones, no structure or natural feature shall be constructed, altered, maintained, or allowed to grow so as to project or otherwise penetrate the airspace surfaces defined by Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 77, or the Code of Maryland, COMAR 11.03.05, Obstructions to Air Navigation, except as necessary and incidental to airport operations.
          2. (ii)
            In the APA-4 and APA-6 Zones, no building permit may be approved for a structure higher than 50 feet unless the applicant demonstrates that the structure will not project or otherwise penetrate the airspace surfaces defined by FAR Part 77.
        1. (D)
          Open Area
        1.  
          1. (i)
            The purpose of these open area standards is to provide strategically located open areas under flight paths to allow for successful emergency landings without the airplane hitting or damaging an occupied structure, and to allow aircraft occupants to survive the landing without serious injury.
          2. (ii)
            For purposes of this Section 27-4402(b), open areas generally refer to land area occupied by stormwater management ponds, field crops, golf courses, pasture lands, streets, parking lots, and recreational facilities (such as ball parks or yards), if the area is relatively level and free of objects such as overhead lines and large trees and poles. Because a pilot’s discretion in selecting an emergency landing site is reduced when the aircraft is at low altitude, open areas should be one or more contiguous acres in area.
          3. (iii)
            Development shall retain open areas in accordance with the minimum standards in the following Table 27-4402(b)(5)(D), for the particular APAO Zone.
    Table 27-4402(b)(5)(D): Minimum APAO Zone Open Area Retention (Percent of Net Lot Area)
    APA-1APA-2APA-3SAPA-3MAPA-4APA-5APA-6
    100(1)50202030No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      In accordance with FAA standards.
    Table 27-4402(b)(5)(D): Minimum APAO Zone Open Area Retention (Percent of Net Lot Area)
    APA-1APA-2APA-3SAPA-3MAPA-4APA-5APA-6
    100(1)50202030No requirementNo requirement
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      In accordance with FAA standards.
    1.  
      1. (6)
        Notification Requirements
        1. (A)
          The General Aviation Airport Environment Disclosure Notice, in a form approved by the Planning Board, shall be included as an addendum to the contract for sale of any residential land located within an APAO Zone.
        2. (B)
          All development with an APAO Zone shall be subject to the following requirements:
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Developments with a Homeowners Association
            1. (aa)
              Prior to final plat approval (see Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations), the Declaration of Covenants of the homeowners’ association documents shall include:
              1. (I)
                The General Aviation Airport Environment Disclosure Notice; and
              1. (II)
                Language notifying all future contract purchasers of lots and homes within the subdivision of the existence of a general aviation airport within approximately one mile of the subdivision.
            2. (bb)
              At the time of purchase contract with home buyers, the contract purchaser shall sign an acknowledgment of receipt of the Declaration of Covenants.
            3. (cc)
              The liber and folio number of the recorded Declaration of Covenants shall be noted on the final plat.
          2. (ii)
            Developments without a Homeowners Association
            1. (aa)
              A disclosure clause shall be placed on final plats and deeds for all lands that notifies prospective purchasers that the land has been identified as within approximately one mile of a general aviation airport.
            2. (bb)
              The disclosure clause shall include the cautionary language from the General Aviation Airport Environment Disclosure Notice.
          3. (iii)
            Other Developments

            For development within an APAO Zone that is not subject to Section 27-4402(b)(6)(B)(i) or Section 27-4402(b)(6)(B)(ii) above, an application to the Department of Permitting, Inspections, and Enforcement for a building or use and occupancy permit, if submitted by or on behalf of a prospective or contract purchaser, shall be accompanied by a copy of the General Aviation Airport Environment Disclosure Notice signed by the purchaser.

      2. (7)
        Relationship to Transfer of Development Rights Regulations

        Land in the APA-1, APA-2, APA-3S, APA-3M, and APA-5 Zones that is subject to residential development restrictions should be a preferred sending area under applicable transfer of development rights provisions.

      3. (8)
        APAO Zone Mitigation Residential Subdivisions

        The provisions in this paragraph apply to the subdivision or resubdivision of residentially-zoned land or residential development affected by the modified intensity and development standards of this Section 27-4402(b).

        1. (A)
          Transfer of Density
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Except as otherwise provided in Section 27-4402(b)(8)(A)(ii) below, the subdivision or re-subdivision may relocate potential lots affected by the modified standards to other parts of the land or to other land in an APAO Zone. (An APAO Zone mitigation subdivision need not lie adjacent to or within the same APAO Zone as the affected land.)
          2. (ii)
            Residentially-zoned land owned by the airport in an APA-1 or APA-5 Zone is considered an essential part of the airport operation and shall not qualify for transfer of residential density by an APAO Zone mitigation residential subdivision, lot size averaging subdivision, or cluster subdivision.
        1. (B)
          Review, Yield, and Design
        1.  
          1. (i)
            The maximum allowed number of residential lots allowed through approval of an APAO Zone mitigation residential subdivision shall be determined by submission of a conceptual subdivision plan that could be approved under existing zoning if the property were not located in the APAO Zone. (The conceptual plan may be submitted as part of a preliminary plan of subdivision.)
          2. (ii)
            In reviewing the APAO Zone mitigation residential subdivision, all regulations that affect development density shall be considered and applied.
          3. (iii)
            To the greatest extent possible, the APAO Zone mitigation residential subdivision shall be designed to accommodate the maximum development yield determined in the conceptual subdivision plan for compliance with appropriate APAO Zone restrictions and conformance with the character of the zone in which the subdivision is located, or as established by the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan.
          4. (iv)
            The preliminary plan of subdivision and the site plan shall establish the development regulations for each site, including without limitation, lot dimensions, lot coverage, and yard and setback requirements.
        1. (C)
          Exemption of Certain Resubdivisions from Adequate Public Facilities Requirements

          If resubdivided solely to meet APAO Zone requirements, a preliminary plan of subdivision or final plat approved on or prior to September 1, 2002, is exempt, at the time of resubdivision, from the adequate public facilities requirements of Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations.

      4. (9)
        Cessation of Airport Operations

        Should an airport permanently cease operations and is no longer licensed for public use by the Maryland Aviation Administration (MAA), the standards of this Section shall no longer apply.

    1. (c)
      Military Installation Overlay (MIO) Zone
      1. (1)
        Introduction
        1. (A)
          The 2009 Joint Base Andrews Naval Air Facility Washington Joint Land Use Study (“JLUS”), representing a partnership between Joint Base Andrews Naval Air Facility Washington (“Joint Base Andrews” or “the base”), Prince George’s County, and the local community, identifies land uses that impair, or are incompatible with, the mission of Joint Base Andrews. In addition, the JLUS identifies several impacts of air operations, such as noise and increased exposure to the potential for an air accident, which adversely affect the public safety, health, and welfare of communities surrounding Joint Base Andrews, including residential, commercial, and employment areas. The JLUS recommends strategies to address the impacts resulting from incompatible land uses and base activities, including, but not limited to:
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Downzoning impacted residential zones;
          2. (ii)
            Discouraging mixed-use zones to avoid intensification;
          3. (iii)
            The establishment of a Military Installation Overlay Zone.
        1. (B)
          The Military Installation Overlay ("MIO") Zone establishes standards of use, design, and construction for development in the vicinity of Joint Base Andrews impacted by air operations at the base. These standards are intended to promote the health, safety, and welfare of existing and future base-area residents, workers, and surrounding uses while allowing Joint Base Andrews to fulfill its mission.
        2. (C)
          The Military Installation Overlay Zone is based on three areas of constraint: noise, height, and accident potential. The MIO Zone identifies geographic areas where encroachment should be avoided, identifies prohibited uses, and creates standards for permitted uses that provide for compatibility between the activities at Joint Base Andrews and in the surrounding neighborhoods.
        3. (D)
          The geographic extent of the Joint Base Andrews Impact Areas are established by the United States Department of Defense through the issuance of an Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Study ("AICUZ"). An AICUZ is a study performed and updated periodically by Air Force installations to assist local, regional, state, and federal officials in the communities neighboring military air facilities, such as Joint Base Andrews, by promoting compatible development within areas subject to aircraft noise and accident potential; and protecting Air Force operational capability from the effects of land use that are incompatible with aircraft operations. The geography and extent of the Accident Potential Zones, the Clear Zones, the height surfaces, and the noise contours are defined in this study.
      2. (2)
        Purposes of MIO Zone

        The purposes of the Military Installation Overlay Zone are to regulate the development and use of structures and property in order to promote land uses compatible with operations at Joint Base Andrews; to protect the safety and welfare of individuals in the area from the adverse impacts associated with high levels of noise from flight operations and the potential for aircraft accidents associated with proximity to Joint Base Andrews operations. The intent of the regulations is to recognize the rights of individual property owners while reducing interference with the military operations at Joint Base Andrews.

      3. (3)
        Applicability of MIO Zone Regulations
        1. (A)
          General
        1.  
          1. (i)
            This Subsection applies to the review of all development approvals or permits in this Ordinance for land or structures located within the MIO Zone (see Subsection (B) below), regardless of the underlying zone or other overlay zone(s), unless exempted by subsection (C) below. All development applications, including permits, not exempt from the requirements of the MIO Zone by subsection (C) below, shall be referred to the Planning Director for a determination of conformance with the requirements of the MIO Zone.
          2. (ii)
            Where the requirements of the underlying zone are more restrictive than the requirements of the MIO Zone, the requirements of the underlying zone apply; otherwise the requirements of the MIO Zone apply.
          3. (iii)
            Any use prohibited in the subareas of the MIO Zone as specified in Part 5: Use Regulations, of this Subtitle may not be permitted as a principal, accessory, or temporary use within those subareas.
        1. (B)
          Impact Areas
        1.  
          1. (i)
            The Impact Areas referenced in this Subsection establish the geographic boundaries of the Height, Noise Intensity, and Safety areas of the MIO Zone where the requirements of this Subsection are in effect. The Impact Areas are those in the most current Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Study (AICUZ), as amended from time to time, and are reflected in Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(B): Height, Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(C): Noise Intensity, and Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South.
          2. (ii)
            Where a property is affected by more than one Impact Area, the requirements of all applicable Impact Areas apply. Where any Impact Area requirements conflict, the most stringent requirements shall control.
          3. (iii)
            Where a property is split zoned by a boundary of the MIO Zone, only that portion of the property within the MIO Zone shall be required to meet the provisions of this Subsection 27-4402(c).
        1. (C)
          Exemptions

          The provisions of this Subsection do not apply to the following:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Permits for any of the following:
            1. (aa)
              Changes in ownership, name, or occupancy, if there is no change of use;
            2. (bb)
            3. (cc)
              Grading or infrastructure improvements;
            4. (dd)
              Alteration or rehabilitation with no increase in the gross floor area;
            5. (ee)
              Public utility, or private utility for public use;
            6. (ff)
              Fences or walls;
            7. (gg)
              Signage;
            8. (hh)
              Boilers and/or mechanical equipment located inside buildings;
            9. (ii)
              Generators or other mechanical equipment for operation of permitted uses on-site;
            10. (jj)
              Replacement and installation of windows and doors, excluding bay, bow, and commercial customer service windows;
            11. (kk)
              Replacement in kind and/or removal of underground tanks (water, gas, or oil) except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area;
            12. (ll)
              Building siding without expansion of exterior walls;
            13. (mm)
              Roofing and weatherproofing without increasing height of building;
            14. (nn)
              Interior alteration of single-family detached, two-family, or three-family dwelling unit with no change in use;
            15. (oo)
              Restoration of single-family detached dwellings after fire or flood damage, or repair of general deterioration, including pedestrian entrances, with no expansion of exterior walls or roof;
            16. (pp)
              Removal of interior partitions with no change of use;
            17. (qq)
              All interior life-safety improvements, exterior life-safety improvements with no expansion of exterior walls or roof, and fire escapes and other means of emergency egress, all with no change in use;
            18. (rr)
              Alterations or additions which are being made in order to comply with the Maryland Accessibility Code, (Maryland Building Code for the Handicapped, Code of Maryland Regulations, Section 05.02.02) except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area;
            19. (ss)
              Trailers used exclusively by the County Police Department in commercial parking lots for which the permit shall automatically expire when the trailer is vacated by the Police Department;
            20. (tt)
              Commercial and residential satellite dishes not exceeding 18 inches in diameter;
            21. (uu)
              Canopies attached to a building, or freestanding canopies;
            22. (vv)
              Steps and ground level patios (except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area);
            23. (ww)
              Decks, gazebos, patios, or other improvements typically associated with residential development;
            24. (xx)
              Sheds that do not otherwise require a building permit except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area; and
            25. (yy)
              All stadium wayfinding signs located within parking areas at a stadium.
          2. (ii)
            Permits issued pursuant to one of the following development approvals, provided that the application was approved prior to the date of classification of the property into the MIO Zone and the validity period for such approval has not expired:
            1. (aa)
              A final plat of subdivision approved for single-family detached residential development;
            2. (bb)
              A preliminary plan of subdivision for development not otherwise requiring a detailed site plan;
            3. (cc)
              A special exception for development not otherwise requiring a detailed site plan;
            4. (dd)
              A detailed site plan; or
            5. (ee)
              A Specific Design Plan for property in the LCD Zone.
          3. (iii)
            Areas of Prince George's County defined by the most recent Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Study (AICUZ), as amended from time to time by the Department of Defense, as Imaginary Surfaces "C" (part of the Approach-Departure Clearance Surface) and "F" (Outer Horizontal Surface).
        1. (D)
          Nonconforming Uses

          The following uses shall be considered nonconforming uses if lawfully existing at the time of reclassification of the subject property to the MIO Zone:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Any use in the High Intensity Noise Area that is prohibited in accordance with Subsection 27-4402(c)(4)(B), High Intensity Noise Area; and
          2. (ii)
            Any use in the Safety Zones that is either:
            1. (aa)
              Prohibited in accordance with Subsections 27-4402(c)(4)(C), Accident Potential Zone (Accident Potential Zones 1 and 2) or 27-4402(c)(4)(D), Clear Zone; or
            2. (bb)
              A use in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses or Office Uses Principal Use Categories prohibited in the underlying base or overlay zone in which it is located.
        1. (E)
          Nonconforming Structures

          All existing structures within the Military Installation Overlay Zone whose height exceeds the height limits established by the Impact Map for Height are nonconforming structures

      4. (4)
        Modified Use Standards for MIO Zone

        Irrespective of the use standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in the MIO Zone shall be subject to the modified or additional use standards listed in the use tables and use-specific standards set forth in PART 27-5: Use Regulations, as well as the following use standards.

        1. (A)
          Standards Applicable to Principal and Accessory Uses

        The standards in Subsections (B) through (D) below apply to principal and accessory uses individually.

        1. (B)
          High Intensity Noise Area

        To reduce the adverse impact of the noise of air operations on vulnerable populations, the following uses are prohibited in the High Intensity Noise Area (see Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(C): Noise Intensity):

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Uses indicated as prohibited under the heading "HINA" in the use tables in Sections 27-5101(f), 27-5201(e), and 27-5301(e); and
          2. (ii)
            Outdoor play areas, playgrounds, and before- and after-school recreational programs.
        1. (C)
          Accident Potential Zone (Accident Potential Zones 1 and 2)

          In order to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the communities surrounding Joint Base Andrews and to protect air operations at Joint Base Andrews, the following use standards apply in the Accident Potential Zone (Accident Potential Zones 1 and 2) (see Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South):

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Uses indicated as prohibited under the heading "APZ" in the use tables in Sections 27-5101(f), 27-5201(e), and 27-5301(e) are prohibited in Accident Potential Zones 1 and 2.
          2. (ii)
            New places of worship, or uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses and Office Uses Principal Use Categories, and office uses, including new accessory permitted uses on the site of an existing principal use, shall comply with the following size restrictions:
    Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South
    map with areas with accident potential and clear zones for north and south
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1.  
            1. (aa)
              New places of worship shall not exceed 80 sanctuary seats or 6,000 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is greater.
            2. (bb)
              New uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses and Office Uses Principal Use Categories located in the CGO Zone shall not exceed 6,000 square feet of gross floor area.
            3. (cc)
              New uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses and Office Uses Principal Use Categories located outside the CGO Zone shall not exceed 3,500 square feet of gross floor area.
            4. (dd)
              New uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category accessory to a permitted use located in the IE Zone or the IH Zone shall not exceed a square footage equivalent to 0.15 FAR; all other new uses in the Office Uses principal use category shall not exceed a square footage equivalent to 0.08 FAR.
        1.  
          1. (iii)
            Places of worship and uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses and Office Uses Principal Use Categories existing at the time of reclassification of the subject property to the MIO Zone, are permitted and deemed conforming, if all of the following conditions apply:
            1. (aa)
              The use is permitted in the underlying zone, including any applicable existing overlay zone; and
            2. (bb)
              The use had a valid use and occupancy permit on the date of the property's classification into the MIO Zone for a church or similar place of worship or uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses and Office Uses Principal Use Categories.
          2. (iv)
            Alterations, expansion, or extensions of places of worship or uses in the Eating or Drinking Establishment and Office Uses principal use categories existing at the time of reclassification of the subject property to the MIO Zone may be permitted, subject to all of the following:
            1. (aa)
              On the date the subject property was classified in the MIO Zone and at the time of application, the applicant shall have a valid use and occupancy permit for the use proposed for alteration, expansion, or extension;
            2. (bb)
              The use shall be located on property that is not within the boundaries of the Clear Zone of the MIO Zone;
            3. (cc)
              The use shall be located on property outside the Clear Zone and within Accident Potential Zone 1 or Accident Potential Zone 2 (see Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South);
            4. (dd)
              The proposed altered, expanded, or extended use shall be the primary use of the property and limited to one of the following:
              1. (I)
                Church or other place of worship;
              2. (II)
                A use in the Eating or Drinking Establishment Uses Principal Use Category; or
              3. (III)
                A use in the Office Uses Principal Use Category.
            5. (ee)
              The proposed expansion shall not exceed the height limitations in Subsection 27-4402(c)(5)(B);
            6. (ff)
              The proposed expansion, and the sum total of all expansions, shall not exceed a 25 percent increase in gross floor area; and
            7. (gg)
              Prior to approval of a detailed site plan, preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major), building permit, or use and occupancy permit, the applicant shall execute an affidavit acknowledging the property location within an Accident Potential Zone for Joint Base Andrews.
        1. (D)
          Clear Zone

          In order to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the communities surrounding Joint Base Andrews and to protect air operations at Joint Base Andrews, the following use standards apply in the Clear Zone (see Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South):

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Uses indicated as prohibited under the heading "CZ" in the use tables in Sections 27-5101(f), 27-5201(e), and 27-5301(e) are prohibited in Clear Zone.
          2. (ii)
            Uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category that exceed a square footage equivalent to 0.08 FAR are prohibited in the Clear Zone.
      1. (5)
        Modified Performance, Intensity, and Development Standards in the MIO Zone

        Irrespective of the standards applicable in the underlying base zone, development in the MIO Zone shall be subject to the following modified or additional performance, intensity, and development standards.

        1. (A)
          General Performance Standards

          In the MIO Zone, development shall, to the greatest extent possible, not:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Release into the air any substance, such as steam, dust, or smoke which would impair visibility or otherwise interfere with the operation of aircraft;
          2. (ii)
            Produce light emissions, either direct or indirect (reflective), which would interfere with pilot vision;
          3. (iii)
            Produce electrical emissions which would interfere with aircraft communication systems or navigation equipment;
          4. (iv)
            Attract large numbers of birds; or
          5. (v)
            Include the sales, handling, above-ground storage, refining, fabrication, or manufacturing of:
            1. (aa)
              Explosives, fireworks, or gunpowder;
            2. (bb)
              Fertilizers, pesticides, or insecticides;
            3. (cc)
              Petroleum, gas, and related products (other than gas station, commercial vehicle repair and maintenance, or personal vehicle repair and maintenance), and liquid gas storage; or
            4. (dd)
              Other products constituting a potential hazard by fire, explosion, or other means, should an aircraft accident occur.
        1. (B)
          Height Standards
        1.  
          1.  
            1. (i)
              For purposes of the MIO Zone, heights shall be determined by measuring the vertical distance from the mean elevation of the finished grade at the base of a structure to the highest point of any part of the structure, including, but not limited to, antennas, towers, poles, monopoles, or satellite dishes.
            2. (ii)
              No development, structure, or alteration of the land shall exceed the height established by the Impact Map for Height.
            3. (iii)
              At the time of building permit, a licensed engineer or qualified professional of competent expertise shall certify that structures do not exceed the height established by the Impact Map for Height, utilizing the formulae and methodology set forth in Subsection (iv) below (see Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(B): Height).
            4. (iv)
              The Planning Board shall verify certification of height using the following formulae:
              1. (aa)
                Military Installation Overlay Zone height formulae are based upon the highest elevation of the subject property in relation to the elevation of the runways at Joint Base Andrews, which are 274 feet above sea level.
              2. (bb)
                The figures calculated through the measurements in Subsections (I) through (IV) below should add the difference in elevation between the runways at Joint Base Andrews and the highest elevation on the subject property: properties lower than 274 feet in elevation should add this difference in elevation; properties higher than 274 feet in elevation should subtract this difference in elevation to determine the maximum height:
                1. (I)
                  Surface A (Primary Surface): No structures permitted in this imaginary surface area symmetrically centered on the runway, extending 200 feet beyond each runway end and 1,000 feet on each side of the runway centerline.
    Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(B): Height
    Diagram with height limit surface definitions
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1.  
            1.  
              1.  
                1. (II)
                  Surface B (Approach-Departure Clearance Surface): Structures in this area shall not exceed a height (in feet) equivalent to 10 feet less than the height derived by dividing the distance between Surface A and nearest boundary of the subject property by 50. No structure shall exceed a height of 500 feet (elevation 774 feet) in this area.
                2. (III)
                  Surface D (Inner Horizontal Surface): Structures inside this area shall not exceed a height of 150 feet (elevation of 424 feet) in this area.
                3. (IV)
                  Surface E (Conical Surface): Structures shall not exceed a height (in feet) equivalent to the total of the following equation:
                  1. a.
                    Subtotal: Measure the distance from the centerline of the nearest runway, or, if the subject property is beyond the end of the runway, measure the distance as perpendicular to a tangential arc from the runway end, to the subject property’s boundary nearest the runway. Subtract 7,500 feet from this distance to obtain the subtotal.
                  2. b.
                    Total: Divide the subtotal by 20, then add 150 feet to determine the sum. The maximum structure height for purposes of this Subsection shall be the sum of this equation or 500 feet, whichever is less.
                4. (V)
                  Surface G (Transitional Surface 7:1): Structures between the edge of Approach-Departure Clearance surface (B) and the edge of Inner Horizontal surface (D) or the Conical surface (E) shall not exceed a height (in feet) equivalent to the total of the following equation:
                  1. a.
                    Subtotal 1: The distance between a point on the extended edge of the approach-departure end of primary surface (A) measured perpendicular to a point on the nearest edge of the subject property, divided by 50.
                  2. b.
                    Subtotal 2: The distance between a point on the nearest edge of the subject property measured perpendicular to a point on the nearest edge of the approach-departure surface (B), divided by 7.
                  3. c.
                    Add Subtotals 1 and 2 to obtain the maximum structure height.
        1. (C)
          Noise Standards
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Noise Intensity Contours in the MIO Zone are established by the most current Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Study ("AICUZ") on file in the Clerk of the District Council's office and are identified in the Impact Map represented as Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(C): Noise Intensity.
    Figure 27-4402(c)(5)(C): Noise Intensity
    Diagram of military installation overlay zone noise intensity
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1. (ii)
            Interiors of all new residential construction within the Noise Intensity Contours, including additions, must be certified to 45 dBA Ldn or less by an Acoustical Engineer or qualified professional of competent expertise.
          2. (iii)
            Uses in High Intensity Noise Areas
            1. (aa)
              The issuance of permits authorizing any construction within the High Intensity Noise Area shall be subject to Section 27-4402(c)(5)(C)(ii), above, and the following additional restrictions:
              1. (I)
                At the time of building permit, if a non-residential use is required by Subtitle 4: Building, to provide noise level reduction within the interior of a building, such noise reduction must be certified by an Acoustical Engineer or qualified professional of competent expertise.
              2. (II)
                New use and occupancy permits for nonresidential uses which do not otherwise include new construction can be issued provided that the use and occupancy permit site plan contains a note specifying that the property is located in a High Intensity Noise Area.
        1. (D)
          Lighting Standards

        Development applications within the Safety Zones shall include a lighting plan that demonstrates compliance with all of the following standards:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            All lighting shall be fully shielded with cut-off, non-glare fixtures directed only onto the site;
          2. (ii)
            All external lighting must be projected downward at an angle of no less than ten degrees below horizontal;
          3. (iii)
            Buildings shall not use glass or other highly reflective materials on any surface angled above horizontal; and
          4. (iv)
            Structures three stories or taller shall use non-reflective wall surfaces and windows.
      1. (6)
        Referrals to Joint Base Andrews
        1. (A)
          Building permits, use and occupancy permits, and development applications subject to this Subsection 27-4402(c) located partially or completely in the MIO Zone for uses which may produce noise, smoke, dust, excessive light, electromagnetic interference and vibrations which potentially impact base operations, shall be referred to Joint Base Andrews for their review and written comment.
        2. (B)
          All building permits, use and occupancy permits, and development applications subject to this Subsection 27-4402(c) where a proposed structure is wholly or partially located in the Northern Clear Zone (see Figure 27-4402(c)(4)(C): Accident Potential/Clear Zones North and South) shall be referred to Joint Base Andrews for their review and written comment.
        3. (C)
          All building permits, use and occupancy permits, and development applications subject to this Subsection 27-4402(c) located partially or completely in the MIO Zone for a use that includes prohibited activities identified in Subsection 27-4402(c)(5)(A)(v) shall be referred to Joint Base Andrews for their review and comment.
        4. (D)
          All building permits, use and occupancy permits, and development applications subject to this Subsection 27-4402(c) located partially or completely in the MIO Zone for a structure, grading of land, or landfill that may exceed the height limitations identified in Subsection 27-4402(c)(5)(B) shall be referred to Joint Base Andrews for their review and comment.
        5. (E)
          It shall be incumbent upon Joint Base Andrews to ensure that any written comments are received by the appropriate body within thirty (30) days of the date of the referral to Joint Base Andrews. The appropriate body shall not deny an application solely due to failure to receive written comment from Joint Base Andrews.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-4403. Other Overlay Zones

  • (a)
    Neighborhood Conservation Overlay (NCO) Zone
    1. (1)
      Purpose

      The Neighborhood Conservation Overlay (NCO) Zone is established and intended to protect and preserve the unique development features and character of established neighborhoods throughout the County, and to promote new development that is compatible with the existing neighborhood character. The NCO Zone is a flexible tool that may be applied to multiple neighborhoods, each of which could have its own unique attributes.

    2. (2)
      Establishment of Individual NCO Zones

      The District Council may establish individual NCO Zones in accordance with this Section 27-4403(a) and Section 27-3501, Legislative Amendment, after reviewing a neighborhood study for the neighborhood specifying the development context in the zone. Each zone shall comply with the standards in Section 27-4403(a)(4), General Development Standards for All NCO Zones. In establishing a new NCO Zone, the District Council may also establish a unique set of development standards applicable to all development in the particular zone (see Section 27-4403(a)(5), Specific Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zones).

    3. (3)
      Minimum Standards for Designation of an NCO Zone

      The District Council may approve designation of a NCO Zone only if:

      1. (A)
        At least 65 percent of the lots and parcels within the proposed NCO Zone, not including street and other rights-of-way, are developed;
      2. (B)
        Development patterns in the NCO Zone demonstrate an effort to maintain or rehabilitate the character (including, but not limited to, the historic character of existing communities) and physical features of existing buildings in the zone;
      3. (C)
        The development standards proposed to be applied to the zone will encourage the retention of the general character and appearance of existing development in the zone; and
      4. (D)
        The area must possess one or more of the following distinctive features that create a cohesive identifiable setting, character, or association:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Scale, size, type of construction, or distinctive building materials;
        2. (ii)
          Lot layouts, setbacks, street layouts, alleys, or sidewalks;
        3. (iii)
          Special natural or streetscape characteristics, such as creek beds, parks, gardens, or street landscaping; or
        4. (iv)
          Land use patterns, including mixed or unique uses or activities.
    4. (4)
      General Development Standards for All NCO Zones
      1. (A)
        Compliance with Underlying Zone Standards

        These standards supplement the applicable development and zone-specific standards applicable in the underlying base zone and except as otherwise provided in Section 27-4403(a)(4)(D)(ii) below, do not affect the use regulations applicable in the underlying zone.

      2. (B)
        Compliance with Approved Design and Development Standards

        No permit for any new construction or expansion of an existing structure resulting in an increase in the gross square footage of the building of 15 percent or more may be issued until the Planning Director determines that the proposal complies with all design standards established for the NCO Zone where the land is located.

      3. (C)
        Conflict with Other Standards

        In the case of conflict between the NCO Zone standards and any other standards of this Ordinance, the NCO Zone development standards shall control.

      4. (D)
        Zone-Specific Development Standards
      5.  
        1. (i)
          Each area designated as a NCO Zone shall identify, with specificity, the design standards to be applied to all new construction and expansion of existing structures. Aspects of development that these design standards may include, but are not be limited to, the following:
          1. (aa)
            Lot size;
          2. (bb)
            Location of proposed buildings or additions;
          3. (cc)
            Setbacks or required yard depths;
          4. (dd)
          5. (ee)
            Building size (for principal and accessory structures);
          6. (ff)
            Building orientation;
          7. (gg)
            Exterior building materials and colors;
          8. (hh)
            Building roof line and pitch;
          9. (ii)
            Building foundation treatment;
          10. (jj)
            Landscaping and screening;
          11. (kk)
            Impervious surface cover;
          12. (ll)
            Paving requirements or limitations;
          13. (mm)
            Exterior lighting;
          14. (nn)
            Required features on a front façade;
          15. (oo)
            Views of or from specific locations; or
          16. (pp)
            Riparian areas, wetland areas, or drainage patterns.
        2. (ii)
          The District Council may approve additional design standards addressing aspects of development not listed above. The District Council may also prohibit use types within a NCO Zone.
    5. (5)
      Specific Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zones
      1. (A)
        Greenbelt Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Purpose

          The Greenbelt Neighborhood Conservation Overlay (NCO) Zone is established and intended to protect and preserve unique development features and the character of the historic New Deal community of Greenbelt.

        2. (ii)
          Goals

          The goals of the Greenbelt NCO Zone are to:

      2.  
        1.  
          1. (aa)
            Preserve the development characteristics of the New Deal community, including the superblock concept, garden city character, walkability, internal green spaces, sustainable development practices, and the “green belt.”
          2. (bb)
            Restrict the residential density allowed by the zones of this Zoning Ordinance so that new development does not overwhelm or negatively impact the character of the community.
          3. (cc)
            Clarify the applicability of development standards for properties that were never subdivided.
          4. (dd)
            Ensure new buildings and structures and additions to existing dwellings, accessory structures, and nonresidential buildings are appropriate in size and scale with existing buildings.
          5. (ee)
            Minimize impacts to or restrictions on existing nonresidential uses to ensure they have every opportunity to continue to serve the community.
          6. (ff)
            Minimize the provision of new parking spaces to limit expansion of impervious surfaces and preserve open space.
      1.  
        1. (iii)
          General Provisions
          1. (aa)
            The boundaries of the Greenbelt NCO Zone are identified on the Official Zoning Map.
          2. (bb)
            Pursuant to Section 27-4403(a)(4)(C), in the case of conflicts with any standards of the Zoning Ordinance, the Greenbelt NCO Zone development standards shall control.
          3. (cc)
            As stated by Section 27-4403(a)(4)(B), no permit for any new construction or expansion of an existing structure resulting in an increase in the gross square footage of the building of 15 percent or more may be issued until the Planning Director determines that the proposal complies with all development standards (as may be applicable to the proposed development) established in this Subsection.
          4. (dd)
            Property in the RSF-65 Zone shall only be subject to the maximum density for residential blocks standard and are exempt from all other standards of the Greenbelt NCO Zone.
          5. (ee)
            Alterations or modifications made after the effective date of the Zoning Ordinance to dwelling units that do not further expand the gross square footage shall be exempt from these development standards except that any such alteration or modification shall maintain the roof line of the existing structure.
          6. (ff)
            For the purposes of this Subsection 27-4403(a)(5), the following terms shall be defined as follows:
            1. (I)
              Roosevelt Center includes all property in the CGO Zone except for the southern-most property located approximately 400 feet northeast of the intersection of Southway and MD 193/Greenbelt Road
            2. (II)
              Garden Side is the individual or family-oriented, private side of a residential dwelling.
            3. (III)
              Service Side is the public-facing side of a residential building fronting on a street, alley, parking lot, or open space.
        2. (iv)
          Development Standards

          All development within the Greenbelt NCO Zone shall demonstrate compliance with the following development standards (as may be applicable):

          1. (aa)
            Density

            The maximum dwelling unit density for each property or assemblage of properties that is the subject of a development application within the Greenbelt NCO Zone shall not exceed the density shown in Figure 27-4403(a)(5)(aa): Greenbelt NCO Zone Maximum Density for Residential Blocks. Where a maximum density is not shown, the maximum density shall not exceed the maximum density permitted by the underlying zone.

  • Figure 27-4403(a)(5)(aa): Greenbelt NCO Zone Maximum Density for Residential Blocks.
    Diagram of maximum residential density by block
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1.  
            1. (bb)
              Dimensional and Intensity Standards

              Attached dwellings (other than multifamily dwellings) and single-family detached dwellings located in the RSF-A Zone; and any alterations, expansions, enlargements, or extensions thereto; located within the Greenbelt NCOZ shall not be subject to the individual lot dimensional and intensity standards as set forth in PART 27-4: Zones and Zone Regulations for the zone in which they are located.

            2. (cc)
              Multiple Principal Dwellings on Same Lot or Parcel

              Notwithstanding Section 27-5101(b)(2), multiple single-family detached, townhouse, two-family, three-family, artists’ residential studios, and/or live-work dwellings may be permitted on any lot or parcel in the RSF-A Zone within the Greenbelt NCOZ. This provision shall not be interpreted to permit accessory dwelling units and shall only apply to multiple principal dwellings on the same lot or parcel.

            3. (dd)
              Alterations, Expansions, Enlargements, or Extensions  
              1. (I)
                Additions or expansions to existing single-family detached, townhouse, two-family, or three-family residential dwelling units shall not exceed a cumulative sum of 60 percent of the gross floor area of the original dwelling unit as constructed. No alteration, expansion, enlargement, or extension shall exceed the height of the existing dwelling unit. Alterations, expansions, enlargements, or extensions shall maintain the roofline of the existing dwelling unit.
              2. (II)
                Multifamily dwelling buildings constructed before November 29, 1949, shall retain their character-defining architectural features to the maximum extent practicable. Such features may include but are not limited to concrete block exterior walls, casement windows, flat roofs, open porches, glass block walls, and exterior courses of decorative brick. Original exterior doors and exterior lighting fixtures shall be preserved wherever possible. Alterations, expansions, enlargements, or extensions shall maintain the roofline of the existing multifamily building.
              3. (III)
                Additions, expansions, enlargements, or extensions to commercial buildings constructed before November 29, 1949, shall reflect the massing and architectural character of existing commercial structures located in Roosevelt Center. Alterations, expansions, enlargements, or extensions shall not exceed the height of the existing building or 25 feet, whichever is lowest.
              4. (IV)
                Additions, expansions, enlargements, or extensions to commercial buildings constructed after November 29, 1949 shall not exceed a cumulative maximum height of 30 feet, inclusive of the height of any existing structure which may be expanded vertically as part of the addition, expansion, enlargement, or extension.
              5. (V)
                Garages may only be used for vehicle parking or general storage (not residential or any other uses). Original garage doors should be repaired rather than replaced. If replacement is necessary, new garage doors shall be compatible in appearance and function with original garage doors to the maximum extent practicable. Garage additions shall not be permitted, nor shall garage doors or garage openings be sealed shut or blocked by walls or similar structures.
              6. (VI)
                In the RSF-A Zone, two-story additions or expansions shall only be placed on the garden side (or rear yard, when the garden side does not apply), or in the side yard of an end unit. Any additions or expansions in the service side (or front yard, when the service side does not apply) shall not exceed one story in height.
            4. (ee)
              New Development
              1. (I)

                New dwellings in the Household Living Uses or Group Living Uses use categories in the RSF-A, RMF-20, and CGO zones shall be designed to maintain the general form and massing of the existing dwellings in these zones. High-quality, durable exterior materials shall be used.

              2. (II)

                New dwellings shall not exceed 40 feet in height for multifamily dwellings or 30 feet in height for any other dwelling.

              3. (III)
                New commercial or mixed-use buildings shall not exceed 30 feet in height.

               

            5. (ff)
              Block Design
              1. (I)
                Section 27-6206(k)(1), Block Length, shall not apply. Instead, block length shall be at least 400 feet on a side.
              2. (II)
                Notwithstanding Section 27-6206(k)(3), any new development in the RSF-A Zone shall provide sidewalks or multi-use paths through the block regardless of block face length.
            6. (gg)
              Parking
              1. (I)
                The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for any new development in the Household Living Uses Principal Use Category shall be 1.5 spaces per dwelling unit.
              2. (II)
                Pervious or semi-pervious parking lot surfacing shall be required for any new required or proposed surface parking spaces to the maximum extent practicable. Any pervious or semi-pervious surfacing shall be certified by a licensed civil engineer as capable of accommodating anticipated traffic loading stresses and maintenance impacts. Where possible, such materials should be used in areas proximate to and in combination with on-site stormwater control devices.
            7. (hh)
              Accessory Structures

              Residential accessory structures including but not limited to sheds, fences, and porches shall be permitted. For accessory structures located within the RSF-A Zone, such structures should generally be located on the garden side (or rear yard, when the garden side does not apply) or in the side yard of an end unit. Accessory structures may only be located on the service side (or front yard, when the service side does not apply) if the applicant demonstrates it is infeasible to locate such structures elsewhere on the lot due to utility locations or other constraints. Nonresidential accessory structures may be permitted pursuant to the regulations of the Zoning Ordinance.

    2.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Mount Rainier Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone
          1. (i)
            Purpose

            The purpose of the Mount Rainier NCO Zone is to aid in preserving the character of Mount Rainier’s existing residential neighborhoods and buildings. This is accomplished by establishing standards for form, massing and composition, lot area, height, fenestration, porches, materials, and accessory structures associated with the following principal use types: dwelling, single-family detached; dwelling, two-family; dwelling, three-family; and dwelling, townhouse; within the incorporated City of Mount Rainier to ensure building patterns that are consistent and compatible with existing development.

          2. (ii)

            Applicability

            1. (aa)
              The boundaries of the Mount Rainier NCO Zone are identified on the Official Zoning Map.
            2. (bb)
              The following development is prohibited:
              1. (I)
                Enclosure of existing front porches or wraparound porches by any method other than screening.
              2. (II)
                Enclosure of existing carports.
            3. (cc)
              The following development shall be exempt from the standards of the Mount Rainier NCO Zone:
              1. (I)
                Development on property listed as a Historic Site, Historic Resource or Historic District under Subtitle 29: Historic Preservation Ordinance, of the County Code;
              2. (II)
                Nonresidential development otherwise permitted in the underlying zones;
              3. (III)
                Routine repair and maintenance as defined in Section 27-2500, Definitions;
              4. (IV)
                Any alteration of or renovation to a residential principal structure that does not increase the height or expand the footprint of the existing structure;
              5. (V)
                Any alteration of or renovation to an existing residential accessory structure that complies with the regulations of Subsection 27-4403(a)(5)(B)(iii)(cc) of the Mount Rainier Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone Standards; and
              6. (VI)
                Construction of a new accessory structure that complies with the regulations of Subsection 27-4403(a)(5)(B)(iii)(cc) of the Mount Rainier Neighborhood Conservation Overlay Zone Standards.
            4. (dd)
              The following principal use types are subject to the Mount Rainier NCO Zone and shall comply with the standards in this Subsection 27-4403(a)(5)(B):
              1. (I)
                Dwelling, single-family detached;
              2. (II)
                Dwelling, two-family;
              3. (III)
                Dwelling, three-family; and
              4. (IV)
                Dwelling, townhouse
          3. (iii)
            Development Standards
            1. (aa)
              Siting, Massing, and Composition
              1. (I)
                New street-facing attached garages are prohibited.
              2. (II)
                Front setbacks for all new dwellings shall be located in accordance with Section (b), Reduction of Minimum Front Setbacks to Block Face Average.
              3. (III)
                The maximum area of impervious surface in the front yard shall not exceed 20 percent of the front yard area. Under no circumstances may impervious or pervious surfaces intended for vehicle parking be located between the front façade of the dwelling and the street.
              4. (IV)
                Maximum driveway width shall not exceed 12 feet.
              5. (V)
                Lead walks providing access from the sidewalk or street to the front door of a dwelling shall not exceed four feet in width.
              6. (VI)
                Additions must be subordinate to the dwelling in massing and height.
              7. (VII)

                Front additions that increase the gross floor area of the dwelling are not allowed, except for the addition of an open, covered front porch, in accordance with the standards for porches as set forth in Subsection27-4403(a)(5)(B)(iii)(bb)(V).

              8. (VIII)
                Additions shall not exceed the height of the existing dwelling. Any addition located on the side of an existing dwelling shall be set back a minimum of two feet from the plane of the front façade.
            2. (bb)
              Design
              1. (I)
                Roofs and Dormers
                1. a.
                  The pitch of roofs visible from a public right-of-way must be within a range of 6:12 and 12:12.
                2. b.
                  Expansion of an existing dormer or construction of a new dormer visible from a public right-of-way shall have a combined face of no more than 30 percent of the first story of the front façade, measured from the sill plate to the roof ridge.
                3. c.
                  Distinctive roof and eave elements such as brackets or finials shall be maintained or reconstructed in kind.
                4. d.
                  The existing main roof ridgeline may be raised to permit additional habitable space, provided that, except on the rear of the structure, the original main roof’s eave height is retained. Except for shed-style dormers, the roof pitch of dormers on the roof above the front façade must be within a range of 6:12 and 12:12.
                5. e.
                  Gabled dormers must have roof slopes within a range of 6:12 and 12:12.
                6. f.
                  Dormers shall not exceed the height of the main roof ridgeline.
              2. (II)
                Cladding
                1. a.
                  Original sidewall treatments shall be retained or renewed. For example, original shingles shall not be covered with siding or vice-versa.
                2. b.
                  Formstone, manufactured brick veneer, tile veneer, asphalt shingles, tar paper, and plywood siding are prohibited as cladding materials.
              3. (III)
                Height

                Notwithstanding the height regulations of Part 4: Zones and Zone Regulations of this Zoning Ordinance, the height of additions or new structures shall be compatible with other structures on the same block but shall not exceed 35 feet.

              4. (IV)
                Windows and Doors
                1. a.
                  Each level of the front façade of new dwellings shall have at least two windows, except the first level, where an entry door may be paired with a single window, and the roof, where there may be a single dormer window.
                2. b.
                  Altering the style of, changing the type of, reducing the size of, or removing any windows on the front façade is prohibited, unless the original features or style of the building is being restored or maintained.
                3. c.
                  Distinctive stylistic elements such as window and door casings common to original housing types in the zone shall be retained or reconstructed.
                4. d.
                  Notwithstanding the standards in Subsections (IV)b. and (IV)c., above, windows on the front façade may be altered or removed to accommodate their enlargement or the construction of dormers.
              5. (V)
                Porches
                1. a.
                  Existing front porches shall be retained. In addition, the style and design of an existing front porch shall be retained and preserved, which includes the style and design of railings, posts, stairs, piers, and any decorative details, unless an alteration to the style and design of the existing front porch will restore the porch's original style and design. (For example, the restoration of an enclosed front porch to its original open configuration is allowed under this standard.)
                2. b.
                  Flooring of existing open porches visible from a public right-of-way shall be repaired or replaced in like materials and style, or in materials and style that can be demonstrated to be consistent with the original construction. Tongue-and-groove flooring shall be used for new or replacement porches.
                3. c.
                  Enclosure of rear porches is permitted.
                4. d.
                  Porches shall only be screened with metal or vinyl-coated fiberglass screens. Screening must be installed so as not to obscure the character-defining features of the porch, including the railings, balusters, and columns.
                5. e.
                  A front porch is prohibited in the front yard setback, unless it would be compatible with the front façade setback of the existing blockface or the original front porch is being reconstructed in that location.
              6. (VI)
                Sidewalks

                Sidewalks, including lead walks between street sidewalks and the entrances of dwellings shall not be paved with asphalt surfacing.

              7. (VII)
                Retaining Walls

                Retaining walls higher than two feet and visible from the public right-of-way shall not be constructed with pressure-treated lumber or bare concrete masonry units (e.g., cinderblock).

            3. (cc)
              Accessory Structures
              1. (I)
                General setbacks for accessory structures shall comply with the following:
                1. a.
                  Side yard: two feet minimum on each side.
                2. b.
                  Rear yard: two feet minimum from the rear property line.
              2. (II)
                The sum of all accessory structures on a lot shall not cover more than 25 percent of the rear yard. See Figure 27-4403(a)(5)(B)(iii)(cc), Accessory Structure Setbacks.
              3. (III)
                Under no circumstance shall an accessory building exceed the size or height of the principal building on the lot.
              4. (IV)
                The roof pitch of accessory structures shall not exceed 12:12.
    Figure 27-4403(a)(5)(A)(iii)(cc): Accessory Structure Setbacks
    Diagram of accessory structure setbacks

    (CB-090-2021; CB-103-2021; CB-104-2021)